1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
32 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
34 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
44 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
45 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
46 #include <algorithm>
47 #include <cstring>
48 #include <functional>
49 using namespace clang;
50 using namespace sema;
51 
52 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
53   if (OwnedType) {
54     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
55     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
56   }
57 
58   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
59 }
60 
61 namespace {
62 
63 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
64  public:
65   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
66                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
67       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
68         AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
69     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
70     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
71     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
72   }
73 
74   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
75     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
76       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
77       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND);
78       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
79              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
80     }
81     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
82   }
83 
84  private:
85   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
86   bool WantClassName;
87   bool AllowClassTemplates;
88 };
89 
90 }
91 
92 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
93 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
94   switch (Kind) {
95   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
96   // token kind is a valid type specifier
97   case tok::kw_short:
98   case tok::kw_long:
99   case tok::kw___int64:
100   case tok::kw___int128:
101   case tok::kw_signed:
102   case tok::kw_unsigned:
103   case tok::kw_void:
104   case tok::kw_char:
105   case tok::kw_int:
106   case tok::kw_half:
107   case tok::kw_float:
108   case tok::kw_double:
109   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
110   case tok::kw_bool:
111   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
112     return true;
113 
114   case tok::annot_typename:
115   case tok::kw_char16_t:
116   case tok::kw_char32_t:
117   case tok::kw_typeof:
118   case tok::annot_decltype:
119   case tok::kw_decltype:
120     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
121 
122   default:
123     break;
124   }
125 
126   return false;
127 }
128 
129 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
130 /// return the declaration of that type.
131 ///
132 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
133 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
134 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
135 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
136 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
137 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
138                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
139                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
140                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
141                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
142                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
143                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
144   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
145   DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
146   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
147     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
148     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
149       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
150   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
151     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
152 
153     if (!LookupCtx) {
154       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
155         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
156         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
157         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
158         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
159         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
160         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
161         //
162         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
163         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
164         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
165           return ParsedType();
166 
167         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
168         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
169         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
170           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
171 
172         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
173         QualType T =
174           CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
175                             II, NameLoc);
176 
177           return ParsedType::make(T);
178       }
179 
180       return ParsedType();
181     }
182 
183     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
184         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
185       return ParsedType();
186   }
187 
188   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
189   // lookup for class-names.
190   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
191                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
192   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
193   if (LookupCtx) {
194     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
195     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
196     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
197     // nested-name-specifier.
198     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
199 
200     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
201       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
202       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
203       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
204       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
205       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
206       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
207       LookupName(Result, S);
208     }
209   } else {
210     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
211     LookupName(Result, S);
212   }
213 
214   NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
215   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
216   case LookupResult::NotFound:
217   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
218     if (CorrectedII) {
219       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
220       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
221                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator);
222       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
223       TemplateTy Template;
224       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
225       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
226       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
227       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
228       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
229       if (SS && NNS) {
230         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
231         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
232       }
233       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
234           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
235           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
236           // is handled elsewhere).
237           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
238             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
239                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
240         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
241                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
242                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
243                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
244         if (Ty) {
245           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
246                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
247                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
248           if (SS && NNS)
249             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
250           *CorrectedII = NewII;
251           return Ty;
252         }
253       }
254     }
255     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
256   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
257   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
258     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
259     return ParsedType();
260 
261   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
262     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
263     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
264     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
265     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
266     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
267     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
268       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
269       return ParsedType();
270     }
271 
272     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
273     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
274          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
275       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
276         if (!IIDecl ||
277             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
278               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
279           IIDecl = *Res;
280       }
281     }
282 
283     if (!IIDecl) {
284       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
285       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
286       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
287       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
288       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
289       // a type name.
290       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
291       return ParsedType();
292     }
293 
294     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
295     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
296     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
297     // perform the name lookup again.
298     break;
299 
300   case LookupResult::Found:
301     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
302     break;
303   }
304 
305   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
306 
307   QualType T;
308   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
309     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
310 
311     if (T.isNull())
312       T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
313 
314     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
315     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
316     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
317     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
318       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
319         // Construct a type with type-source information.
320         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
321         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
322 
323         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
324         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
325         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
326         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
327         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
328       } else {
329         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
330       }
331     }
332   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
333     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
334     if (!HasTrailingDot)
335       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
336   }
337 
338   if (T.isNull()) {
339     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
340     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
341     return ParsedType();
342   }
343   return ParsedType::make(T);
344 }
345 
346 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
347 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
348 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
349 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
350 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
351 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
352   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
353   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
354   LookupName(R, S, false);
355   R.suppressDiagnostics();
356   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
357     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
358       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
359       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
360       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
361       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
362       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
363       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
364       }
365     }
366 
367   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
368 }
369 
370 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
371 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
372 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
373 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
374 /// @code
375 /// template<class T> class A {
376 /// public:
377 ///   typedef int TYPE;
378 /// };
379 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
380 /// public:
381 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
382 /// };
383 /// @endcode
384 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
385   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
386     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
387 
388     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
389     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(),
390           BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base)
391       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType()))
392         return true;
393     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
394   }
395   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
396 }
397 
398 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
399                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
400                                    Scope *S,
401                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
402                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
403                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
404   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
405   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
406 
407   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
408   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
409   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false, false, AllowClassTemplates);
410   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
411                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
412                                              Validator)) {
413     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
414       // We corrected to a keyword.
415       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
416       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
417     } else {
418       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
419       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
420         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
421                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
422       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
423         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
424         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
425                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
426         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
427                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
428                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
429       } else {
430         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
431       }
432 
433       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
434       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
435         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
436                           SourceRange(IILoc));
437       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
438                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
439                                   false, ParsedType(),
440                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
441                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
442     }
443     return true;
444   }
445 
446   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
447     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
448     UnqualifiedId Name;
449     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
450     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
451     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
452     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
453     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
454                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
455                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
456       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
457       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
458       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
459         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
460           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
461       }
462       return true;
463     }
464   }
465 
466   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
467   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
468 
469   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
470     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
471   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
472     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
473       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
474   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
475     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
476     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
477       DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing;
478 
479     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
480       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
481       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
482       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
483     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
484                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
485   } else {
486     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
487            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
488   }
489 
490   return true;
491 }
492 
493 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
494 /// or
495 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
496   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
497                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
498 
499   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
500     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
501       return true;
502 
503     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
504       return true;
505   }
506 
507   return false;
508 }
509 
510 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
511                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
512                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
513                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
514   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
515   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
516   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
517     const char *TagName = 0;
518     const char *FixItTagName = 0;
519     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
520       case TTK_Class:
521         TagName = "class";
522         FixItTagName = "class ";
523         break;
524 
525       case TTK_Enum:
526         TagName = "enum";
527         FixItTagName = "enum ";
528         break;
529 
530       case TTK_Struct:
531         TagName = "struct";
532         FixItTagName = "struct ";
533         break;
534 
535       case TTK_Interface:
536         TagName = "__interface";
537         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
538         break;
539 
540       case TTK_Union:
541         TagName = "union";
542         FixItTagName = "union ";
543         break;
544     }
545 
546     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
547       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
548       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
549 
550     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
551          I != IEnd; ++I)
552       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
553         << Name << TagName;
554 
555     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
556     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
557     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
558     return true;
559   }
560 
561   return false;
562 }
563 
564 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
565 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
566                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
567   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
568 
569   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
570   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
571 
572   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
573   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
574   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
575   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
576   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
577 }
578 
579 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
580                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
581                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
582                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
583                                             const Token &NextToken,
584                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand,
585                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
586   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
587   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
588 
589   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
590     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
591                                 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false);
592 
593   }
594 
595   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
596   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
597 
598   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
599   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
600   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
601   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
602   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
603     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
604     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
605       return E;
606   }
607 
608   bool SecondTry = false;
609   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
610 
611 Corrected:
612   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
613   case LookupResult::NotFound:
614     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
615     // call.
616     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
617       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
618       // FIXME: Reference?
619       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
620         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
621 
622       // C90 6.3.2.2:
623       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
624       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
625       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
626       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
627       //   the function call, the declaration
628       //
629       //     extern int identifier ();
630       //
631       //   appeared.
632       //
633       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
634       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
635         Result.addDecl(D);
636         Result.resolveKind();
637         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
638       }
639     }
640 
641     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
642     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
643     // "struct", or "union".
644     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
645         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
646       break;
647     }
648 
649     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
650     // close to this name.
651     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
652       SecondTry = true;
653       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
654                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
655                                                  &SS, *CCC)) {
656         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
657         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
658 
659         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
660         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
661           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0;
662         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
663             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
664           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
665           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
666         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
667                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
668                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
669                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
670           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
671           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
672         }
673 
674         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
675           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
676         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
677           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
678           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
679                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
680           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
681                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
682                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
683         }
684 
685         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
686         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
687 
688         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
689         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
690           return Name;
691 
692         // Also update the LookupResult...
693         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
694         Result.clear();
695         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
696         if (FirstDecl)
697           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
698 
699         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
700         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
701         // reference the ivar.
702         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
703         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
704           Result.clear();
705           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
706           return E;
707         }
708 
709         goto Corrected;
710       }
711     }
712 
713     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
714     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
715     return NameClassification::Unknown();
716 
717   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
718     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
719     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
720     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
721 
722     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
723     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
724     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
725     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
726     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
727     //
728     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
729     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
730     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
731     // keyword here.
732     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
733                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
734                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
735   }
736 
737   case LookupResult::Found:
738   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
739   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
740     break;
741 
742   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
743     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
744         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
745       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
746       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
747       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
748       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
749       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
750       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
751       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
752       //   ambiguous.
753       //
754       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
755       // so try again after filtering out template names.
756       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
757       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
758         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
759         break;
760       }
761     }
762 
763     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
764     return NameClassification::Error();
765   }
766 
767   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
768       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
769     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
770     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
771     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
772     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
773     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
774     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
775     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
776       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
777 
778     if (!Result.empty()) {
779       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
780       bool IsVarTemplate;
781       TemplateName Template;
782       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
783         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
784         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
785                                                      Result.end());
786       } else {
787         TemplateDecl *TD
788           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
789         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
790         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
791 
792         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
793           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
794                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
795                                                       TD);
796         else
797           Template = TemplateName(TD);
798       }
799 
800       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
801         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
802         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
803         // to based on which function we selected.
804         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
805 
806         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
807       }
808 
809       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
810                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
811     }
812   }
813 
814   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
815   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
816     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
817     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
818     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
819       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
820     return ParsedType::make(T);
821   }
822 
823   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
824   if (!Class) {
825     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
826     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias
827                                 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
828       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
829   }
830 
831   if (Class) {
832     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
833 
834     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
835       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
836       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
837       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
838       return NameClassification::Unknown();
839     }
840 
841     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
842     return ParsedType::make(T);
843   }
844 
845   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
846   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
847     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
848         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
849 
850   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
851   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
852   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
853   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
854        (NextIsOp &&
855         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
856       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
857     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
858     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
859     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
860     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
861       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
862     return ParsedType::make(T);
863   }
864 
865   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
866     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0);
867 
868   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
869   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
870 }
871 
872 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
873 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
874 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
875 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
876 
877   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
878   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
879   // the context we'll need to return to.
880   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
881   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
882   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
883   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
884   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
885   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
886   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
887   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
888   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
889   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
890     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
891 
892     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
893     // lexical context.
894     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
895       return DC;
896 
897     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
898     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
899     // class is the context we need to return to.
900     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
901       DC = RD;
902 
903     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
904     // declared in.
905     return DC;
906   }
907 
908   return DC->getLexicalParent();
909 }
910 
911 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
912   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
913       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
914   CurContext = DC;
915   S->setEntity(DC);
916 }
917 
918 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
919   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
920 
921   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
922   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
923 }
924 
925 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
926 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
927 ///
928 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
929   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
930   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
931   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
932   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
933   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
934   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
935   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
936   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
937   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
938   //   namespace.
939   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
940   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
941   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
942   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
943   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
944 
945   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
946 
947 #ifndef NDEBUG
948   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
949   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
950   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
951 #endif
952 
953   CurContext = DC;
954   S->setEntity(DC);
955 }
956 
957 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
958   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
959 
960   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
961   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
962   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
963   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
964   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
965 
966   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
967   // disappear.
968 }
969 
970 
971 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
972   // We assume that the caller has already called
973   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
974   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
975   if (!FD)
976     return;
977 
978   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
979   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
980   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
981     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
982   CurContext = FD;
983   S->setEntity(CurContext);
984 
985   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
986     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
987     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
988     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
989       S->AddDecl(Param);
990       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
991     }
992   }
993 }
994 
995 
996 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
997   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
998   // rather than the top-level class.
999   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1000   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1001   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1002 }
1003 
1004 
1005 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1006 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1007 ///
1008 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1009 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1010 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1011 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1012 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1013 /// attribute.
1014 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1015                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1016   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1017     return true;
1018 
1019   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1020     return true;
1021 
1022   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1023           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1024 }
1025 
1026 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1027 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1028   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1029   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1030   // scope.
1031   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1032     S = S->getParent();
1033 
1034   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1035   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1036   // into any context.
1037   if (AddToContext)
1038     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1039 
1040   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1041   // are function-local declarations.
1042   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1043       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1044         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1045       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1046     return;
1047 
1048   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1049   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1050       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1051     return;
1052 
1053   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1054   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1055                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1056   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1057     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1058       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1059       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1060 
1061       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1062       break;
1063     }
1064   }
1065 
1066   S->AddDecl(D);
1067 
1068   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1069     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1070     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1071     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1072     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1073       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1074       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1075         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1076           continue;
1077       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1078         break;
1079     }
1080 
1081     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1082   } else {
1083     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1084   }
1085 }
1086 
1087 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1088   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1089     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1090 }
1091 
1092 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1093                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1094   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1095 }
1096 
1097 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1098   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1099   do {
1100     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1101       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1102         return S;
1103   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1104 
1105   return 0;
1106 }
1107 
1108 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1109                                             DeclContext*,
1110                                             ASTContext&);
1111 
1112 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1113 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1114 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1115                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1116                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1117   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1118   while (F.hasNext()) {
1119     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1120 
1121     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1122       continue;
1123 
1124     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1125       continue;
1126 
1127     F.erase();
1128   }
1129 
1130   F.done();
1131 }
1132 
1133 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1134   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1135          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1136          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1137 }
1138 
1139 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1140 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1141   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1142   while (F.hasNext())
1143     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1144       F.erase();
1145 
1146   F.done();
1147 }
1148 
1149 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1150 /// @code
1151 /// class S {
1152 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1153 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1154 /// };
1155 /// @endcode
1156 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1157   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1158   // the decl here.
1159   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1160     return false;
1161 
1162   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1163     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1164   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1165     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1166   return false;
1167 }
1168 
1169 // We need this to handle
1170 //
1171 // typedef struct {
1172 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1173 // } A;
1174 //
1175 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1176 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1177 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1178 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1179 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1180 // not.
1181 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1182   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1183   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1184     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1185       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1186         return true;
1187     }
1188     DC = DC->getParent();
1189   }
1190 
1191   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1192 }
1193 
1194 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1195 // these semantics.
1196 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1197   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1198     return false;
1199   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1200 }
1201 
1202 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1203   assert(D);
1204 
1205   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1206     return false;
1207 
1208   // Ignore class templates.
1209   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1210       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1211     return false;
1212 
1213   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1214     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1215       return false;
1216 
1217     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1218       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1219         return false;
1220     } else {
1221       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1222       if (FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
1223           !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1224         return false;
1225     }
1226 
1227     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1228         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1229       return false;
1230   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1231     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1232     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1233     // like "inline".)
1234     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1235       return false;
1236 
1237     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1238       return false;
1239 
1240     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1241         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1242       return false;
1243   } else {
1244     return false;
1245   }
1246 
1247   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1248   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1249 }
1250 
1251 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1252   if (!D)
1253     return;
1254 
1255   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1256     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1257     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1258       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1259   }
1260 
1261   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1262     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1263     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1264       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1265   }
1266 
1267   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1268     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1269 }
1270 
1271 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1272   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1273     return false;
1274 
1275   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1276       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1277     return false;
1278 
1279   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1280     return true;
1281 
1282   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1283   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1284       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1285     return false;
1286 
1287   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1288   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1289 
1290     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1291     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1292 
1293     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1294     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1295       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1296         return false;
1297     }
1298 
1299     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1300     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1301     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1302       return false;
1303 
1304     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1305       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1306       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1307         return false;
1308 
1309       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1310         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1311           return false;
1312 
1313         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1314           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1315             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1316           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1317             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1318           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1319             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1320             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1321               return false;
1322           }
1323         }
1324       }
1325     }
1326 
1327     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1328   }
1329 
1330   return true;
1331 }
1332 
1333 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1334                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1335   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1336     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1337                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1338     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1339       return;
1340     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1341                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1342   }
1343   return;
1344 }
1345 
1346 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1347 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1348 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1349   FixItHint Hint;
1350   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1351     return;
1352 
1353   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1354 
1355   unsigned DiagID;
1356   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1357     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1358   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1359     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1360   else
1361     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1362 
1363   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1364 }
1365 
1366 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1367   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1368   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1369   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1370   if (L->getStmt() == 0)
1371     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1372 }
1373 
1374 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1375   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1376   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1377          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1378 
1379   for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end();
1380        I != E; ++I) {
1381     Decl *TmpD = (*I);
1382     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1383 
1384     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1385     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1386 
1387     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1388 
1389     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1390     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred())
1391       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1392 
1393     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1394     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1395       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1396 
1397     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1398     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1399   }
1400 }
1401 
1402 void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() {
1403   ++InFunctionDeclarator;
1404 }
1405 
1406 void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() {
1407   assert(InFunctionDeclarator);
1408   --InFunctionDeclarator;
1409 }
1410 
1411 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1412 ///
1413 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1414 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1415 /// to the fixed name.
1416 ///
1417 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1418 ///
1419 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1420 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1421 ///
1422 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1423 /// class could not be found.
1424 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1425                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1426                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1427   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1428   // creation from this context.
1429   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1430 
1431   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1432     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1433     // find an Objective-C class name.
1434     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1435     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1436                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL,
1437                                        Validator)) {
1438       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1439       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1440       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1441     }
1442   }
1443   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1444   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1445   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1446       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1447   return Def;
1448 }
1449 
1450 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1451 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1452 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1453 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1454 /// ill-formed in C++:
1455 /// @code
1456 /// struct S6 {
1457 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1458 /// };
1459 ///
1460 /// void test_S6() {
1461 ///   struct S6 a;
1462 ///   a.e = BAR;
1463 /// }
1464 /// @endcode
1465 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1466 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1467 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1468 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1469 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1470 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1471 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1472 /// contain non-field names.
1473 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1474   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1475          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1476          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1477     S = S->getParent();
1478   return S;
1479 }
1480 
1481 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1482 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1483 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1484 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1485 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1486                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1487   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1488     return;
1489   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1490 
1491   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1492                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1493   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1494   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1495     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1496       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1497 }
1498 
1499 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1500 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1501 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1502 /// built-in.
1503 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1504                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1505                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1506   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1507 
1508   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1509 
1510   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1511   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1512   switch (Error) {
1513   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1514     // Okay
1515     break;
1516 
1517   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1518     if (ForRedeclaration)
1519       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
1520         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1521     return 0;
1522 
1523   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1524     if (ForRedeclaration)
1525       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
1526         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1527     return 0;
1528 
1529   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1530     if (ForRedeclaration)
1531       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext)
1532         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1533     return 0;
1534   }
1535 
1536   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1537     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1538       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1539       << R;
1540     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1541         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)
1542           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
1543       Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
1544         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1545         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1546   }
1547 
1548   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1549   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1550     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1551         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1552                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1553     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1554     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1555     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1556   }
1557 
1558   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1559                                            Parent,
1560                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
1561                                            SC_Extern,
1562                                            false,
1563                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1564   New->setImplicit();
1565 
1566   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1567   // FunctionDecl.
1568   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1569     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1570     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1571       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1572           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1573                               0, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, SC_None, 0);
1574       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1575       Params.push_back(parm);
1576     }
1577     New->setParams(Params);
1578   }
1579 
1580   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1581   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1582 
1583   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1584   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1585   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1586   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1587   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1588   CurContext = Parent;
1589   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1590   CurContext = SavedContext;
1591   return New;
1592 }
1593 
1594 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1595 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1596 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1597 /// entity.
1598 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context,
1599                                               NamedDecl *decl,
1600                                               LookupResult &previous){
1601   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1602   if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1603     return;
1604 
1605   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1606   if (previous.empty())
1607     return;
1608 
1609   LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1610   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1611     NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1612 
1613     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1614     if (!old->isHidden())
1615       continue;
1616 
1617     if (!old->isExternallyVisible())
1618       filter.erase();
1619   }
1620 
1621   filter.done();
1622 }
1623 
1624 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1625   QualType OldType;
1626   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1627     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1628   else
1629     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1630   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1631 
1632   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1633     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1634     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1635     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1636       << Kind << NewType;
1637     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1638       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1639     New->setInvalidDecl();
1640     return true;
1641   }
1642 
1643   if (OldType != NewType &&
1644       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1645       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1646       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1647     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1648     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1649       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1650     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1651       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1652     New->setInvalidDecl();
1653     return true;
1654   }
1655   return false;
1656 }
1657 
1658 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1659 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1660 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1661 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1662 ///
1663 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1664   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1665   // merging checks.
1666   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1667 
1668   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1669   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1670   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1671     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1672     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1673     default: break;
1674     case 2:
1675       {
1676         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1677           break;
1678         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1679         if (!T->isPointerType())
1680           break;
1681         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1682           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1683           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1684             break;
1685         }
1686         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1687         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1688         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1689         return;
1690       }
1691     case 5:
1692       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1693         break;
1694       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1695       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1696       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1697       return;
1698     case 3:
1699       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1700         break;
1701       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1702       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1703       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1704       return;
1705     }
1706     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1707   }
1708 
1709   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1710   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1711   if (!Old) {
1712     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1713       << New->getDeclName();
1714 
1715     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1716     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1717       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1718 
1719     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1720   }
1721 
1722   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1723   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1724     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1725 
1726   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1727   // with any extensions enabled.
1728   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1729     return;
1730 
1731   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
1732   // the old declaration was a typedef.
1733   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1734     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
1735     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1736   }
1737 
1738   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1739     return;
1740 
1741   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1742     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1743     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1744     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1745     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1746     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1747       return;
1748 
1749     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1750     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1751     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1752     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1753     //
1754     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1755     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1756     //
1757     //   struct S {
1758     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1759     //   };
1760     //
1761     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1762     // allow the above but disallow
1763     //
1764     //   struct S {
1765     //     typedef int I;
1766     //     typedef int I;
1767     //   };
1768     //
1769     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1770     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1771       return;
1772 
1773     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1774       << New->getDeclName();
1775     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1776     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1777   }
1778 
1779   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1780   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1781     return;
1782 
1783   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1784   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1785   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1786   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1787   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1788       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1789        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1790     return;
1791 
1792   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
1793     << New->getDeclName();
1794   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1795   return;
1796 }
1797 
1798 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1799 /// attribute.
1800 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1801   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1802   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1803   for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i)
1804     if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1805       if (Ann) {
1806         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation())
1807           return true;
1808         continue;
1809       }
1810       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1811       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i))
1812         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind();
1813       return true;
1814     }
1815 
1816   return false;
1817 }
1818 
1819 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
1820   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
1821     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
1822   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1823     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
1824   return true;
1825 }
1826 
1827 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
1828 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
1829 ///
1830 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
1831 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
1832   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
1833   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
1834   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0;
1835   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0;
1836   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
1837   for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr>
1838          I = Old->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(),
1839          E = Old->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) {
1840     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
1841     // in a case like:
1842     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
1843     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
1844     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
1845     // definition in such a case.
1846     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1847       return false;
1848 
1849     if (I->isAlignas())
1850       OldAlignasAttr = *I;
1851 
1852     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1853     if (Align > OldAlign) {
1854       OldAlign = Align;
1855       OldStrictestAlignAttr = *I;
1856     }
1857   }
1858 
1859   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
1860   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0;
1861   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
1862   for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr>
1863          I = New->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(),
1864          E = New->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) {
1865     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1866       return false;
1867 
1868     if (I->isAlignas())
1869       NewAlignasAttr = *I;
1870 
1871     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1872     if (Align > NewAlign)
1873       NewAlign = Align;
1874   }
1875 
1876   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1877     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
1878     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
1879     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
1880     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
1881 
1882     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
1883     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
1884     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
1885       QualType Ty;
1886       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
1887         Ty = VD->getType();
1888       else
1889         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
1890 
1891       if (OldAlign == 0)
1892         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1893       if (NewAlign == 0)
1894         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1895     }
1896 
1897     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1898       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
1899         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
1900         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
1901       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1902     }
1903   }
1904 
1905   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
1906     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
1907     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
1908     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
1909     //   equivalent alignment.
1910     // C11 6.7.5/7:
1911     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
1912     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
1913     //   have no alignment specifier.
1914     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
1915       << OldAlignasAttr;
1916     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
1917       << OldAlignasAttr;
1918   }
1919 
1920   bool AnyAdded = false;
1921 
1922   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
1923   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
1924     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
1925     Clone->setInherited(true);
1926     New->addAttr(Clone);
1927     AnyAdded = true;
1928   }
1929 
1930   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
1931   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
1932       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
1933     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
1934     Clone->setInherited(true);
1935     New->addAttr(Clone);
1936     AnyAdded = true;
1937   }
1938 
1939   return AnyAdded;
1940 }
1941 
1942 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr,
1943                                bool Override) {
1944   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL;
1945   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
1946   if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
1947     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
1948                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
1949                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
1950                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
1951                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
1952   else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1953     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1954                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
1955   else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1956     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1957                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
1958   else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
1959     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
1960                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
1961   else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
1962     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
1963                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
1964   else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
1965     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
1966                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
1967                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
1968   else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
1969     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
1970                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
1971   else if (MSInheritanceAttr *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
1972     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
1973                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
1974                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
1975   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
1976     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
1977     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
1978     NewAttr = 0;
1979   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
1980     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
1981 
1982   if (NewAttr) {
1983     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
1984     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
1985     return true;
1986   }
1987 
1988   return false;
1989 }
1990 
1991 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
1992   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1993     return TD->getDefinition();
1994   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1995     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
1996     if (Def)
1997       return Def;
1998     return VD->getActingDefinition();
1999   }
2000   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2001     const FunctionDecl* Def;
2002     if (FD->isDefined(Def))
2003       return Def;
2004   }
2005   return NULL;
2006 }
2007 
2008 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2009   for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end();
2010        I != E; ++I) {
2011     Attr *Attribute = *I;
2012     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2013       return true;
2014   }
2015   return false;
2016 }
2017 
2018 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2019 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2020 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2021   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2022     return;
2023 
2024   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2025   if (!Def || Def == New)
2026     return;
2027 
2028   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2029   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2030     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2031 
2032     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2033       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New))
2034         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def));
2035       else {
2036         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2037         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2038                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2039                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2040                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2041         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2042         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2043         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2044       }
2045       ++I;
2046       continue;
2047     }
2048 
2049     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2050       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2051       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2052         ++I;
2053         continue;
2054       }
2055     }
2056 
2057     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2058       ++I;
2059       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2060     }
2061 
2062     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2063       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2064       ++I;
2065       continue;
2066     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2067       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2068         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2069         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2070         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2071         //   equivalent alignment.
2072         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2073         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2074         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2075         //   have no alignment specifier.
2076         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2077           << AA;
2078         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2079           << AA;
2080         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2081         --E;
2082         continue;
2083       }
2084     }
2085 
2086     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2087            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2088     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2089     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2090     --E;
2091   }
2092 }
2093 
2094 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2095 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2096                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2097   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2098     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2099     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2100     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2101   }
2102 
2103   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2104     return;
2105 
2106   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2107   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2108 
2109   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2110     return;
2111 
2112   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2113 
2114   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2115   // we process them.
2116   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2117 
2118   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr>
2119          i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(),
2120          e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>();
2121        i != e; ++i) {
2122     bool Override = false;
2123     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2124     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) ||
2125         isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) ||
2126         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)) {
2127       switch (AMK) {
2128       case AMK_None:
2129         continue;
2130 
2131       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2132         break;
2133 
2134       case AMK_Override:
2135         Override = true;
2136         break;
2137       }
2138     }
2139 
2140     // Already handled.
2141     if (isa<UsedAttr>(*i))
2142       continue;
2143 
2144     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, *i, Override))
2145       foundAny = true;
2146   }
2147 
2148   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2149     foundAny = true;
2150 
2151   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2152 }
2153 
2154 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2155 /// to the new one.
2156 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2157                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2158                                      Sema &S) {
2159   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2160   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2161   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2162   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2163   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2164   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2165     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2166            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2167     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2168     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2169     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2170       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2171     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2172       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2173     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2174            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2175   }
2176 
2177   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2178     return;
2179 
2180   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2181 
2182   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2183   // done before we process them.
2184   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2185 
2186   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr>
2187        i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(),
2188        e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
2189     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) {
2190       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2191         cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(S.Context));
2192       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2193       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2194       foundAny = true;
2195     }
2196   }
2197 
2198   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2199 }
2200 
2201 namespace {
2202 
2203 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2204 /// C.
2205 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2206   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2207   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2208   QualType PromotedType;
2209 };
2210 
2211 }
2212 
2213 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2214 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2215   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2216     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2217       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2218 
2219     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2220       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2221 
2222     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2223       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2224   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2225     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2226   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2227     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2228   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2229     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2230   }
2231 
2232   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2233 }
2234 
2235 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2236 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2237 /// GNU89 mode.
2238 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2239                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2240   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2241           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2242           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2243           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2244 }
2245 
2246 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2247   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2248   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2249     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2250   return AT;
2251 }
2252 
2253 template <typename T>
2254 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2255   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2256   if (DC->isRecord())
2257     return false;
2258 
2259   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2260   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2261     return true;
2262   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2263     return true;
2264   return false;
2265 }
2266 
2267 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2268 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2269 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2270 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2271 ///
2272 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2273 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2274 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2275 /// merged with.
2276 ///
2277 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2278 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2279                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2280   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2281   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2282   if (!Old) {
2283     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2284       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2285         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2286         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2287              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2288         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2289              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2290         return true;
2291       }
2292 
2293       // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2294       //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2295       //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2296       //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2297       //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2298 
2299       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2300       Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2301       if (Old &&
2302           !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2303               New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2304           !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC()))
2305         Old = 0;
2306 
2307       if (!Old) {
2308         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2309         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2310              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2311         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2312         return true;
2313       }
2314       OldD = Old;
2315     } else {
2316       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2317         << New->getDeclName();
2318       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2319       return true;
2320     }
2321   }
2322 
2323   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2324   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2325     return true;
2326 
2327   // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
2328   // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
2329   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2330   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2331   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2332     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2333   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2334     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2335     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2336       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2337   } else
2338     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2339 
2340   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2341   // is an extern inline function.
2342   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2343   // storage classes.
2344   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2345       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2346       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2347       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2348       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2349     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2350       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New;
2351       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2352     } else {
2353       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2354       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2355       return true;
2356     }
2357   }
2358 
2359 
2360   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2361   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2362   // convention of the first.
2363   //
2364   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2365   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2366   //
2367   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2368   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2369   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2370   //
2371   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2372   // other tests to run.
2373   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2374   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2375   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2376   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2377   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2378   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2379   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2380 
2381   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2382     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2383     const FunctionType *FT =
2384         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2385     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2386     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2387     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2388       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2389       // there but not here.
2390       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2391       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2392     } else {
2393       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2394       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2395       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2396         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2397         << !FirstCCExplicit
2398         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2399             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2400 
2401       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2402       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2403       return true;
2404     }
2405   }
2406 
2407   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2408   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2409     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2410     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2411   }
2412 
2413   // Merge regparm attribute.
2414   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2415       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2416     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2417       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2418         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2419         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2420       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2421       return true;
2422     }
2423 
2424     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2425     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2426   }
2427 
2428   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2429   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2430     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2431       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2432       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2433       return true;
2434     }
2435 
2436     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2437     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2438   }
2439 
2440   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2441     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2442     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2443     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2444     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2445     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2446   }
2447 
2448   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2449   // UndefinedButUsed.
2450   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2451       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2452       (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) &&
2453       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2454       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2455     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2456                                            SourceLocation()));
2457 
2458   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2459   // about it.
2460   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2461       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2462     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2463   }
2464 
2465   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2466     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2467     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2468     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2469     //        cannot be overloaded.
2470 
2471     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2472     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2473     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2474     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2475     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2476     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2477         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2478              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2479              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2480     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2481         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2482              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2483              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2484     QualType ResQT;
2485     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2486         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2487           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2488       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2489           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2490         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2491       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2492         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2493           Diag(New->getLocation(),
2494                diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New;
2495         else
2496           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
2497         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2498         return true;
2499       }
2500       else
2501         NewQType = ResQT;
2502     }
2503 
2504     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
2505     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
2506     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2507       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2508       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2509       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
2510       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2511         New->setType(
2512             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2513                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2514                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2515         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2516             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2517                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2518                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2519       }
2520     }
2521 
2522     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2523     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2524     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2525       // Preserve triviality.
2526       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2527 
2528       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2529       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2530       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
2531       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2532                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2533                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2534       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2535 
2536       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2537           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2538         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2539         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2540         //       is a static member function declaration.
2541         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2542           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2543           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2544           return true;
2545         }
2546 
2547         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2548         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2549         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2550         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2551         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2552           unsigned NewDiag;
2553           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2554             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2555           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2556             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2557           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2558             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2559           else
2560             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2561 
2562           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2563         } else {
2564           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2565             << New << New->getType();
2566         }
2567         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2568 
2569       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2570       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2571       //
2572       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2573       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2574       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2575         if (isFriend) {
2576           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2577         } else {
2578           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2579                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2580             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2581           return true;
2582         }
2583       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2584         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2585              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2586           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2587         return true;
2588       }
2589     }
2590 
2591     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2592     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2593     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2594     //   attribute.
2595     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
2596     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2597       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2598       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2599            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2600     }
2601 
2602     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2603     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2604     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2605     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2606     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2607     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2608       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2609            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2610       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2611            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2612     }
2613 
2614     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2615     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2616     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2617     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2618 
2619     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2620     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2621     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2622       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2623       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2624         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2625       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2626       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2627     }
2628 
2629     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2630       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2631       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2632       //
2633       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2634       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2635       // linkage within class scope.
2636       //
2637       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2638       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2639         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2640         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2641       } else {
2642         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2643         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2644         return true;
2645       }
2646     }
2647 
2648     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2649       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2650 
2651     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2652         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2653       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2654       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2655       // when we instantiate the function.
2656       return false;
2657     }
2658 
2659     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2660   }
2661 
2662   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2663   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2664   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2665       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2666     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2667     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2668     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
2669     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2670         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2671       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2672       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2673       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2674       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_type_begin(),
2675                                            OldProto->param_type_end());
2676       NewQType =
2677           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
2678                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2679       New->setType(NewQType);
2680       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2681 
2682       // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
2683       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2684       for (FunctionProtoType::param_type_iterator
2685                ParamType = OldProto->param_type_begin(),
2686                ParamEnd = OldProto->param_type_end();
2687            ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) {
2688         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New,
2689                                                  SourceLocation(),
2690                                                  SourceLocation(), 0,
2691                                                  *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0,
2692                                                  SC_None,
2693                                                  0);
2694         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2695         Param->setImplicit();
2696         Params.push_back(Param);
2697       }
2698 
2699       New->setParams(Params);
2700     }
2701 
2702     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2703   }
2704 
2705   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2706   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2707   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2708   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2709   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2710   // the prototype.
2711   //
2712   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2713   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2714   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2715   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2716   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2717       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2718       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2719       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2720     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2721     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2722     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2723       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2724     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2725       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2726 
2727     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2728     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
2729                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
2730     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2731     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2732          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2733       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2734       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2735       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2736                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
2737         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2738       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2739                                             NewParm->getType(),
2740                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2741         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
2742                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
2743         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2744         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2745       } else
2746         LooseCompatible = false;
2747     }
2748 
2749     if (LooseCompatible) {
2750       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2751         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2752              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2753           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2754           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2755         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2756           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2757                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2758       }
2759 
2760       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2761         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
2762                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2763       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2764     }
2765 
2766     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2767   }
2768 
2769   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
2770   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
2771 
2772   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
2773   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
2774   unsigned BuiltinID;
2775   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
2776     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
2777     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
2778     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2779       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2780       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2781         << Old << Old->getType();
2782 
2783       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
2784       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
2785       //
2786       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
2787       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
2788       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
2789       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
2790       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
2791       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2792         New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2793 
2794       return false;
2795     }
2796 
2797     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2798   }
2799 
2800   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2801   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2802   return true;
2803 }
2804 
2805 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2806 /// known to be compatible.
2807 ///
2808 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2809 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
2810 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2811 /// redeclaration of Old.
2812 ///
2813 /// \returns false
2814 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2815                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2816   // Merge the attributes
2817   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2818 
2819   // Merge "pure" flag.
2820   if (Old->isPure())
2821     New->setPure();
2822 
2823   // Merge "used" flag.
2824   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
2825     New->setIsUsed();
2826 
2827   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2828   // declarations.
2829   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2830     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2831       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2832                                *this);
2833 
2834   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2835     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
2836 
2837   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
2838   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
2839   // was visible.
2840   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
2841   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2842     New->setType(Merged);
2843 
2844   return false;
2845 }
2846 
2847 
2848 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2849                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2850 
2851   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
2852   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
2853     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
2854                                                    : AMK_Override;
2855   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
2856 
2857   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2858   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
2859                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
2860   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
2861          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2862        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
2863     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
2864 
2865   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
2866 }
2867 
2868 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
2869 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
2870 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2871 ///
2872 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
2873 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
2874 /// is attached.
2875 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
2876                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2877   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
2878     return;
2879 
2880   QualType MergedT;
2881   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2882     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
2883       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
2884       return;
2885     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
2886       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
2887       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
2888     }
2889     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
2890     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
2891     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
2892     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
2893     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
2894     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
2895              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
2896       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2897       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2898       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2899                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2900         MergedT = New->getType();
2901     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
2902                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
2903       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2904       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2905       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2906                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2907         MergedT = Old->getType();
2908     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2909                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
2910       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
2911                                               Old->getType());
2912     }
2913   } else {
2914     // C 6.2.7p2:
2915     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
2916     //   compatible type.
2917     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
2918   }
2919   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
2920     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
2921     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
2922     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
2923     // equivalent.
2924     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
2925     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
2926          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2927       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
2928       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
2929       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
2930       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2931         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
2932       return;
2933     }
2934 
2935     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
2936     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
2937     //
2938     //   extern int arr[];
2939     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
2940     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
2941     //
2942     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
2943     // to diagnose it.
2944     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
2945       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
2946     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2947     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2948   }
2949 
2950   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
2951   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
2952   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2953     New->setType(MergedT);
2954 }
2955 
2956 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
2957                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
2958   // C11 6.2.7p4:
2959   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
2960   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
2961   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
2962   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
2963   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
2964   //
2965   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
2966   if (Previous.isShadowed())
2967     return false;
2968 
2969   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2970     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
2971     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
2972     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
2973     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
2974     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
2975            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
2976             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
2977   } else {
2978     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
2979     // type unless we're in the same function.
2980     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
2981            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
2982   }
2983 }
2984 
2985 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
2986 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
2987 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2988 ///
2989 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
2990 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
2991 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
2992 ///
2993 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
2994   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
2995   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2996     return;
2997 
2998   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
2999 
3000   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3001   VarDecl *Old = 0;
3002   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = 0;
3003   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3004     if (NewTemplate) {
3005       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3006       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : 0;
3007     } else
3008       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3009   }
3010   if (!Old) {
3011     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3012       << New->getDeclName();
3013     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
3014          diag::note_previous_definition);
3015     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3016   }
3017 
3018   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
3019     return;
3020 
3021   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3022   if (NewTemplate &&
3023       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3024                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3025                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3026     return;
3027 
3028   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3029   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3030   //
3031   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3032   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3033     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3034       << New->getIdentifier();
3035     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3036     New->setInvalidDecl();
3037   }
3038 
3039   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3040   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3041   // declaration
3042   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3043       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3044       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3045     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3046     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3047     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3048     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3049   }
3050 
3051   // Merge the types.
3052   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3053 
3054   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3055     return;
3056 
3057   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3058   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3059       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3060       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3061     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
3062     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3063     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3064   }
3065   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3066   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3067   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3068   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3069   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3070   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3071   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3072   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3073   //   identifier has external linkage.
3074   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3075     /* Okay */;
3076   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3077            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3078            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3079     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3080     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3081     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3082   }
3083 
3084   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3085   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3086       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3087     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3088     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3089     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3090   }
3091   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() &&
3092       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3093     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3094     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3095     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3096   }
3097 
3098   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3099 
3100   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3101   // need to check for mismatches.
3102   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3103       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3104       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3105         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3106     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3107     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3108     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3109   }
3110 
3111   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3112     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3113       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3114       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3115     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3116       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3117       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3118     } else {
3119       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3120       // static and dynamic initialization.
3121       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3122       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3123       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3124         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3125       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3126     }
3127   }
3128 
3129   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3130   const VarDecl *Def;
3131   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3132       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3133       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3134     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3135     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3136     New->setInvalidDecl();
3137     return;
3138   }
3139 
3140   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3141     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3142     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3143     New->setInvalidDecl();
3144     return;
3145   }
3146 
3147   // Merge "used" flag.
3148   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3149     New->setIsUsed();
3150 
3151   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3152   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3153   if (NewTemplate)
3154     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3155 
3156   // Inherit access appropriately.
3157   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3158   if (NewTemplate)
3159     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3160 }
3161 
3162 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3163 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3164 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3165                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3166   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3167 }
3168 
3169 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag) {
3170   if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3171     return;
3172 
3173   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3174     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3175     // it is anonymous.
3176     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3177       return;
3178     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3179         S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3180     S.Context.setManglingNumber(Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag));
3181     return;
3182   }
3183 
3184   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3185   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3186   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3187           S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(),
3188                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
3189     S.Context.setManglingNumber(Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag));
3190   }
3191 }
3192 
3193 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3194 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3195 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3196 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3197                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3198                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3199                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3200   Decl *TagD = 0;
3201   TagDecl *Tag = 0;
3202   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3203       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3204       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3205       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3206       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3207     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3208 
3209     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3210       return 0;
3211 
3212     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3213     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3214     // it's a Type.
3215     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3216       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3217     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3218       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3219   }
3220 
3221   if (Tag) {
3222     HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag);
3223     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3224     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3225       return Tag;
3226   }
3227 
3228   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3229     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3230     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3231     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3232       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3233            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3234            << DS.getSourceRange();
3235   }
3236 
3237   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3238     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3239     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3240     if (Tag)
3241       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3242         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3243             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3244             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3245             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
3246     else
3247       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3248     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3249     return TagD;
3250   }
3251 
3252   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3253 
3254   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3255     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3256     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3257     if (TagD && !Tag)
3258       return 0;
3259     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3260   }
3261 
3262   CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3263   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3264     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3265   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3266       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3267     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3268     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3269     // or an explicit specialization.
3270     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3271     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3272       << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3273           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3274           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3275           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4)
3276       << SS.getRange();
3277     return 0;
3278   }
3279 
3280   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3281   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3282 
3283   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3284   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3285     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3286         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3287       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3288           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3289         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3290 
3291       DeclaresAnything = false;
3292     }
3293   }
3294 
3295   // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member.
3296   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3297       CurContext->isRecord() &&
3298       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3299     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
3300     //   struct STRUCT;
3301     // and
3302     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3303     RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3304     if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) ||
3305         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
3306          DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
3307       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
3308         << DS.getSourceRange();
3309       return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3310     }
3311   }
3312 
3313   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3314   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3315       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3316     return TagD;
3317 
3318   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3319       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3320     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3321       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3322           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3323         DeclaresAnything = false;
3324 
3325   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3326     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3327     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3328       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3329         << DS.getSourceRange();
3330     else
3331       DeclaresAnything = false;
3332   }
3333 
3334   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3335       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3336     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3337       << Tag->getTagKind()
3338       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3339 
3340   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3341 
3342   // C 6.7/2:
3343   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3344   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3345   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3346   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3347   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3348   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3349   //   previous declaration.
3350   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3351     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3352     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3353     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3354     return TagD;
3355   }
3356 
3357   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3358   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3359   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3360   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3361   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3362   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3363   //
3364   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3365   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3366   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3367     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3368 
3369   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3370   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3371   // useless.
3372   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec())
3373     if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3374       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3375         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3376 
3377   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3378     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3379       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3380   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3381     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3382       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3383     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3384       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3385     // Restrict is covered above.
3386     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3387       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3388   }
3389 
3390   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3391   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3392   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3393   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3394     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3395     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3396         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3397         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3398         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3399         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3400       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
3401       while (attrs) {
3402         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3403         << attrs->getName()
3404         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3405             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3406             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
3407             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
3408         attrs = attrs->getNext();
3409       }
3410     }
3411   }
3412 
3413   return TagD;
3414 }
3415 
3416 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3417 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3418 ///
3419 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3420 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3421                                          Scope *S,
3422                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3423                                          DeclarationName Name,
3424                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3425                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3426   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3427                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3428   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3429 
3430   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3431     return false;
3432 
3433   // Pick a representative declaration.
3434   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3435   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3436 
3437   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3438     return false;
3439 
3440   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3441   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3442 
3443   return true;
3444 }
3445 
3446 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3447 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3448 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3449 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3450 /// struct, e.g.,
3451 ///
3452 /// @code
3453 /// union {
3454 ///   int i;
3455 ///   float f;
3456 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3457 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3458 /// @endcode
3459 ///
3460 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3461 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3462 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3463                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3464                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3465                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3466                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3467                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3468   unsigned diagKind
3469     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3470                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3471 
3472   bool Invalid = false;
3473 
3474   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3475   for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(),
3476                                DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end();
3477        D != DEnd; ++D) {
3478     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) &&
3479         cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) {
3480       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D);
3481       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3482                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3483         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3484         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3485         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3486         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3487         Invalid = true;
3488       } else {
3489         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3490         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3491         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3492         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3493         //   anonymous union is declared.
3494         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3495         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3496           for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(),
3497                PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI)
3498             Chaining.push_back(*PI);
3499         else
3500           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3501 
3502         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3503         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3504           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3505         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3506           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3507 
3508         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
3509           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
3510                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
3511                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3512 
3513         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3514         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3515         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3516 
3517         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3518         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3519 
3520         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3521       }
3522     }
3523   }
3524 
3525   return Invalid;
3526 }
3527 
3528 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3529 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3530 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3531 static StorageClass
3532 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3533   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3534   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3535          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3536   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3537   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3538   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3539     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3540       return SC_None;
3541     return SC_Extern;
3542   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3543   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3544   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3545   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3546     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3547   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3548   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3549   }
3550   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3551 }
3552 
3553 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
3554   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
3555 
3556   for (DeclContext::decl_iterator I = Record->decls_begin(),
3557                                   E = Record->decls_end();
3558        I != E; ++I) {
3559     FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*I);
3560     if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*I))
3561       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
3562     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
3563       return FD->getLocation();
3564   }
3565 
3566   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
3567 }
3568 
3569 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3570                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
3571   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3572     return;
3573 
3574   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
3575   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
3576 }
3577 
3578 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3579                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
3580   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3581     return;
3582 
3583   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
3584 }
3585 
3586 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3587 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3588 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3589 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3590 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3591                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
3592                                         RecordDecl *Record,
3593                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3594   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3595 
3596   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3597   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3598     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3599   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3600     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3601   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3602     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3603 
3604   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3605   // structs/unions.
3606   bool Invalid = false;
3607   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3608     const char* PrevSpec = 0;
3609     unsigned DiagID;
3610     if (Record->isUnion()) {
3611       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3612       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3613       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
3614       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3615           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3616            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3617             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3618         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3619           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3620 
3621         // Recover by adding 'static'.
3622         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3623                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
3624       }
3625       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3626       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3627       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
3628       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3629                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3630         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3631              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3632           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3633 
3634         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3635         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3636                                SourceLocation(),
3637                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3638       }
3639     }
3640 
3641     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3642     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3643       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3644         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3645           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
3646           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3647       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3648         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3649              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3650           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
3651           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3652       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3653         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3654              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3655           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
3656           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3657       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3658         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
3659              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3660           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
3661           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
3662 
3663       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3664     }
3665 
3666     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3667     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3668     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3669     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3670     for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(),
3671                                  MemEnd = Record->decls_end();
3672          Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) {
3673       if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) {
3674         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3675         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3676         //   members (clause 11).
3677         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3678         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3679           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3680             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3681           Invalid = true;
3682         }
3683 
3684         // C++ [class.union]p1
3685         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3686         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3687         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3688         //   array of such objects.
3689         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3690           Invalid = true;
3691       } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) {
3692         // Any implicit members are fine.
3693       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3694         // This is a type that showed up in an
3695         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3696         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3697         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3698       } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) {
3699         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3700             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3701           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3702           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3703             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3704               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3705           else {
3706             // This is a nested type declaration.
3707             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3708               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3709             Invalid = true;
3710           }
3711         } else {
3712           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
3713           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
3714           // not part of standard C++.
3715           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
3716                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
3717             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3718         }
3719       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) {
3720         // Any access specifier is fine.
3721       } else {
3722         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3723         // member. Complain about it.
3724         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3725         if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem))
3726           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3727         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem))
3728           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3729         else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem))
3730           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3731 
3732         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3733         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3734             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3735           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3736             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3737         else {
3738           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK)
3739               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3740           Invalid = true;
3741         }
3742       }
3743     }
3744 
3745     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
3746     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
3747     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
3748     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
3749         Owner->isRecord())
3750       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
3751                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
3752   }
3753 
3754   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3755     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3756       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3757     Invalid = true;
3758   }
3759 
3760   // Mock up a declarator.
3761   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3762   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3763   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3764 
3765   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3766   NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
3767   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3768     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3769                              DS.getLocStart(),
3770                              Record->getLocation(),
3771                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3772                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3773                              TInfo,
3774                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3775                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3776     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3777     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3778       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3779   } else {
3780     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3781     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
3782     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3783       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3784       // an error here
3785       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3786       Invalid = true;
3787       SC = SC_None;
3788     }
3789 
3790     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
3791                            DS.getLocStart(),
3792                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3793                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3794                            TInfo, SC);
3795 
3796     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
3797     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
3798     // initializer:
3799     //   union { int n = 0; };
3800     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
3801   }
3802   Anon->setImplicit();
3803 
3804   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
3805   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
3806 
3807   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
3808   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
3809   // its members.
3810   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
3811 
3812   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
3813   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3814   // purposes.
3815   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3816   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3817 
3818   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
3819                                           Chain, false))
3820     Invalid = true;
3821 
3822   if (Invalid)
3823     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3824 
3825   return Anon;
3826 }
3827 
3828 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
3829 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
3830 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
3831 /// Example:
3832 ///
3833 /// struct A { int a; };
3834 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
3835 ///
3836 /// void foo() {
3837 ///   B var;
3838 ///   var.a = 3;
3839 /// }
3840 ///
3841 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3842                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
3843 
3844   // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
3845   if (!Record)
3846     Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
3847 
3848   // Mock up a declarator.
3849   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
3850   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3851   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
3852 
3853   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
3854   NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
3855                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
3856                              DS.getLocStart(),
3857                              DS.getLocStart(),
3858                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3859                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3860                              TInfo,
3861                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3862                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3863   Anon->setImplicit();
3864 
3865   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
3866   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
3867 
3868   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
3869   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3870   // purposes.
3871   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3872   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3873 
3874   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
3875   if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
3876                                                         RecordDef, AS_none,
3877                                                         Chain, true))
3878     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3879 
3880   return Anon;
3881 }
3882 
3883 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
3884 /// given Declarator.
3885 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
3886   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
3887 }
3888 
3889 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
3890 DeclarationNameInfo
3891 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
3892   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
3893   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3894 
3895   switch (Name.getKind()) {
3896 
3897   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
3898   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
3899     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
3900     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3901     return NameInfo;
3902 
3903   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
3904     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3905                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
3906     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3907     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
3908       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
3909     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
3910       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
3911     return NameInfo;
3912 
3913   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
3914     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
3915                                                            Name.Identifier));
3916     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3917     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
3918     return NameInfo;
3919 
3920   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
3921     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3922     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
3923     if (Ty.isNull())
3924       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3925     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
3926                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3927     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3928     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3929     return NameInfo;
3930   }
3931 
3932   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
3933     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3934     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
3935     if (Ty.isNull())
3936       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3937     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3938                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3939     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3940     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3941     return NameInfo;
3942   }
3943 
3944   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
3945     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
3946     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
3947     // to find the actual type being constructed.
3948     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
3949     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
3950       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3951 
3952     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
3953     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
3954 
3955     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
3956     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
3957     // was qualified.
3958 
3959     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3960                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
3961     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3962     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
3963     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
3964     return NameInfo;
3965   }
3966 
3967   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
3968     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3969     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
3970     if (Ty.isNull())
3971       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3972     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
3973                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3974     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3975     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3976     return NameInfo;
3977   }
3978 
3979   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
3980     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
3981     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
3982     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
3983   }
3984 
3985   } // switch (Name.getKind())
3986 
3987   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
3988 }
3989 
3990 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
3991   do {
3992     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
3993       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
3994     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
3995       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
3996     else
3997       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
3998   } while (true);
3999 }
4000 
4001 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
4002 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
4003 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
4004 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
4005 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
4006 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
4007 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
4008 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
4009                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
4010                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
4011                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
4012   Params.clear();
4013   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
4014     return false;
4015   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
4016     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4017     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4018 
4019     // The parameter types are identical
4020     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
4021       continue;
4022 
4023     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4024     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4025     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4026     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4027 
4028     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4029         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4030       Params.push_back(Idx);
4031     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4032       return false;
4033   }
4034 
4035   return true;
4036 }
4037 
4038 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4039 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4040 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4041 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4042 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4043 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4044                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4045   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4046   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4047   //   - types which will become injected class names
4048   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4049   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4050   // few cases here.
4051 
4052   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4053   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4054   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4055   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4056   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4057   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4058     // Grab the type from the parser.
4059     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
4060     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4061     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4062 
4063     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4064     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4065     // attached already.
4066     if (!TSI)
4067       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4068 
4069     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4070     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4071     if (!TSI) return true;
4072 
4073     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4074     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4075     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4076     break;
4077   }
4078 
4079   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4080   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4081     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4082     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4083     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4084     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4085     break;
4086   }
4087 
4088   default:
4089     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4090     break;
4091   }
4092 
4093   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4094   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4095     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4096 
4097     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4098     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4099     // pointer.
4100     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4101       continue;
4102 
4103     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4104     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4105     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4106       return true;
4107   }
4108 
4109   return false;
4110 }
4111 
4112 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4113   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4114   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4115 
4116   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4117       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4118     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4119 
4120   return Dcl;
4121 }
4122 
4123 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4124 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4125 ///   name different from T:
4126 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4127 ///     - every member function of class T
4128 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4129 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4130 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4131                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4132   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4133 
4134   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4135     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4136       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4137       return true;
4138     }
4139 
4140   return false;
4141 }
4142 
4143 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4144 /// nested-name-specifier.
4145 ///
4146 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4147 ///
4148 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4149 /// resolves.
4150 ///
4151 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4152 ///
4153 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4154 ///
4155 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4156 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4157                                         DeclarationName Name,
4158                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4159   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4160   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4161     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4162 
4163   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4164   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4165   //
4166   // class X {
4167   //   void X::f();
4168   // };
4169   //
4170   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4171   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4172   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4173     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4174       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4175                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4176         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4177       SS.clear();
4178     } else {
4179       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4180     }
4181     return false;
4182   }
4183 
4184   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4185   // declaration.
4186   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4187     if (Cur->isRecord())
4188       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4189         << Name << SS.getRange();
4190     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4191       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4192         << Name << SS.getRange();
4193     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4194       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4195         << Name << SS.getRange();
4196     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4197       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4198         << Name << SS.getRange();
4199     else
4200       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4201       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4202 
4203     return true;
4204   }
4205 
4206   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4207     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4208     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4209       << Name << SS.getRange();
4210     SS.clear();
4211 
4212     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4213     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4214     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4215     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4216          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4217         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4218                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4219       return true;
4220 
4221     return false;
4222   }
4223 
4224   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4225   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4226   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4227   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4228   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4229     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4230   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4231         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4232     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4233       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4234 
4235   return false;
4236 }
4237 
4238 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4239                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4240   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4241   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4242   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4243 
4244   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4245   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4246   if (!Name) {
4247     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4248       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4249            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4250         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4251     return 0;
4252   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4253     return 0;
4254 
4255   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4256   // we find one that is.
4257   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4258          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4259     S = S->getParent();
4260 
4261   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4262   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4263     D.setInvalidType();
4264   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4265     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4266                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4267       return 0;
4268 
4269     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4270     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4271     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4272       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4273       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4274       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4275       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4276       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4277            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4278         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4279         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4280       return 0;
4281     }
4282     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4283 
4284     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4285         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4286       return 0;
4287 
4288     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4289       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4290            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4291         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4292       D.setInvalidType();
4293     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4294       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4295                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4296         if (DC->isRecord())
4297           return 0;
4298 
4299         D.setInvalidType();
4300       }
4301     }
4302 
4303     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4304     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4305     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4306         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4307       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4308       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4309         D.setInvalidType();
4310     }
4311   }
4312 
4313   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4314     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4315     // Just return early; it's safer.
4316     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4317       return 0;
4318 
4319   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4320   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4321 
4322   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4323                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4324     D.setInvalidType();
4325 
4326   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4327                         ForRedeclaration);
4328 
4329   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4330   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4331     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4332     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4333 
4334     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4335     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4336     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4337     //
4338     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4339     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4340     // the same name.
4341     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4342       /* Do nothing*/;
4343     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4344              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4345               R->isFunctionType())) {
4346       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4347       CreateBuiltins =
4348           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4349     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4350                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4351       CreateBuiltins = true;
4352 
4353     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4354       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4355 
4356     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4357   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4358     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4359 
4360     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4361     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4362     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4363     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4364     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4365     //  thereof; [...]
4366     //
4367     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4368     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4369     // we want to match. For example, given:
4370     //
4371     //   class X {
4372     //     void f();
4373     //     void f(float);
4374     //   };
4375     //
4376     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4377     //
4378     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4379     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4380     // matches.
4381 
4382     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4383     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4384     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4385     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4386     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4387   }
4388 
4389   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4390       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4391     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4392     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4393       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4394                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4395 
4396     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4397     Previous.clear();
4398   }
4399 
4400   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4401   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4402   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4403   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4404   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4405       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4406     Previous.clear();
4407 
4408   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4409   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4410   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4411     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4412 
4413   NamedDecl *New;
4414 
4415   bool AddToScope = true;
4416   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4417     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4418       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4419       return 0;
4420     }
4421 
4422     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4423   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4424     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4425                                   TemplateParamLists,
4426                                   AddToScope);
4427   } else {
4428     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4429                                   AddToScope);
4430   }
4431 
4432   if (New == 0)
4433     return 0;
4434 
4435   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4436   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4437   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4438        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4439     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4440     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4441     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4442     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4443     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4444     if (!AddToContext)
4445       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4446   }
4447 
4448   return New;
4449 }
4450 
4451 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4452 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4453 /// GCC compatibility).
4454 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4455                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4456                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4457                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4458   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4459   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4460   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4461   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4462   SizeIsNegative = false;
4463   Oversized = 0;
4464 
4465   if (T->isDependentType())
4466     return QualType();
4467 
4468   QualifierCollector Qs;
4469   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4470 
4471   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4472     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4473     QualType FixedType =
4474         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4475                                             Oversized);
4476     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4477     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4478     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4479   }
4480   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4481     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4482     QualType FixedType =
4483         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4484                                             Oversized);
4485     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4486     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4487     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4488   }
4489 
4490   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4491   if (!VLATy)
4492     return QualType();
4493   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4494   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4495     return QualType();
4496 
4497   llvm::APSInt Res;
4498   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4499       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4500     return QualType();
4501 
4502   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4503   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4504     SizeIsNegative = true;
4505     return QualType();
4506   }
4507 
4508   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4509   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4510     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4511                                               Res);
4512   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4513     Oversized = Res;
4514     return QualType();
4515   }
4516 
4517   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4518                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4519 }
4520 
4521 static void
4522 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4523   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
4524     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
4525     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
4526                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
4527     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
4528     return;
4529   }
4530   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
4531     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
4532     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
4533                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
4534     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
4535     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
4536     return;
4537   }
4538   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4539   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4540   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
4541   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
4542   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
4543   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
4544   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
4545   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
4546 }
4547 
4548 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4549 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4550 /// GCC compatibility).
4551 static TypeSourceInfo*
4552 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4553                                               ASTContext &Context,
4554                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
4555                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4556   QualType FixedTy
4557     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
4558                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4559   if (FixedTy.isNull())
4560     return 0;
4561   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
4562   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
4563                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
4564   return FixedTInfo;
4565 }
4566 
4567 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
4568 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
4569 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
4570 /// function-scope declarations.
4571 void
4572 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
4573   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4574       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
4575     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
4576     return;
4577 
4578   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
4579   // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked
4580   // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C.
4581   LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
4582 }
4583 
4584 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4585   if (ExternalSource) {
4586     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
4587     // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls?
4588     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
4589     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls);
4590     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4591       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4592         = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
4593       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end())
4594         LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
4595     }
4596   }
4597 
4598   NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name);
4599   return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : 0;
4600 }
4601 
4602 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4603 /// does not identify a function.
4604 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4605   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4606   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4607   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4608     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
4609          diag::err_inline_non_function);
4610 
4611   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
4612     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4613          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4614 
4615   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
4616     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4617          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4618 
4619   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
4620     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
4621          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
4622 }
4623 
4624 NamedDecl*
4625 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4626                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4627   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4628   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4629     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4630       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4631     D.setInvalidType();
4632     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4633     DC = CurContext;
4634     Previous.clear();
4635   }
4636 
4637   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4638 
4639   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4640     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
4641       << 1;
4642 
4643   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
4644     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
4645       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
4646     return 0;
4647   }
4648 
4649   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
4650   if (!NewTD) return 0;
4651 
4652   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4653   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
4654 
4655   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
4656 
4657   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
4658   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
4659   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
4660   return ND;
4661 }
4662 
4663 void
4664 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4665   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
4666   // then it shall have block scope.
4667   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
4668   // that redeclarations will match.
4669   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4670   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4671   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4672     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4673 
4674     if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4675       bool SizeIsNegative;
4676       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4677       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4678         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4679                                                       SizeIsNegative,
4680                                                       Oversized);
4681       if (FixedTInfo) {
4682         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4683         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4684       } else {
4685         if (SizeIsNegative)
4686           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
4687         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
4688           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
4689         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
4690           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
4691             << Oversized.toString(10);
4692         else
4693           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4694         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4695       }
4696     }
4697   }
4698 }
4699 
4700 
4701 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4702 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4703 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4704 NamedDecl*
4705 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4706                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4707   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4708   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4709   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
4710                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
4711   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous);
4712   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4713     Redeclaration = true;
4714     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4715   }
4716 
4717   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4718   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4719     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4720         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4721       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4722         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4723       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4724         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4725       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4726         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4727       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4728         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4729     }
4730 
4731   return NewTD;
4732 }
4733 
4734 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4735 /// previous declaration.
4736 ///
4737 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4738 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4739 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4740 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4741 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4742 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4743 ///
4744 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4745 /// lookup
4746 ///
4747 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4748 /// declared.
4749 ///
4750 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4751 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4752 static bool
4753 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4754                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4755   if (!PrevDecl)
4756     return false;
4757 
4758   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4759     return false;
4760 
4761   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4762     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4763     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4764     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4765     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4766     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
4767     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
4768     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
4769     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4770       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
4771       return false;
4772 
4773     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
4774     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
4775       // We found a member function: ignore it.
4776       return false;
4777 
4778     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
4779     // previous declarations.
4780     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4781     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4782 
4783     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
4784     // isn't the same function.
4785     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
4786       return false;
4787   }
4788 
4789   return true;
4790 }
4791 
4792 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
4793   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4794   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
4795   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
4796 }
4797 
4798 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
4799   QualType type = decl->getType();
4800   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
4801   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
4802     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
4803     unsigned kind = -1U;
4804     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4805       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4806         kind = 0; // __block
4807       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
4808         kind = 1; // global
4809     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
4810       kind = 3; // ivar
4811     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
4812       kind = 2; // field
4813     }
4814 
4815     if (kind != -1U) {
4816       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
4817         << kind;
4818     }
4819   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
4820     // Try to infer lifetime.
4821     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
4822       return false;
4823 
4824     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
4825     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
4826     decl->setType(type);
4827   }
4828 
4829   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4830     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
4831     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
4832         var->getTLSKind()) {
4833       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
4834         << var->getType();
4835       return true;
4836     }
4837   }
4838 
4839   return false;
4840 }
4841 
4842 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
4843   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
4844   // the wrong linkage.
4845   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
4846 
4847   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
4848   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
4849     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4850       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
4851       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
4852     }
4853   }
4854   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
4855     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4856       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
4857       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
4858     }
4859   }
4860 
4861   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations.
4862   // It does not apply to functions.
4863   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
4864     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4865       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
4866       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
4867     }
4868   }
4869 }
4870 
4871 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
4872 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
4873 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
4874 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
4875   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
4876 
4877   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
4878   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
4879 
4880   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
4881   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
4882     return false;
4883 
4884   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
4885 
4886 #ifndef NDEBUG
4887   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
4888   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
4889   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
4890   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
4891   FD->setLazyBody(1);
4892 #endif
4893 
4894   bool isC99Inline = (S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_C99Inline);
4895 
4896 #ifndef NDEBUG
4897   FD->setLazyBody(0);
4898 #endif
4899 
4900   return isC99Inline;
4901 }
4902 
4903 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
4904 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
4905 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
4906 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
4907 ///
4908 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
4909 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
4910 ///
4911 /// For instance:
4912 ///
4913 ///   auto x = []{};
4914 ///
4915 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
4916 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
4917 ///
4918 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
4919 template<typename T>
4920 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
4921   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4922     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
4923     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
4924       return false;
4925   }
4926   return D->isExternC();
4927 }
4928 
4929 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
4930   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
4931   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4932     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
4933   if (DC->isFileContext())
4934     return true;
4935   if (DC->isRecord())
4936     return false;
4937   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
4938 }
4939 
4940 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
4941   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
4942   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4943     return true;
4944   if (DC->isRecord())
4945     return false;
4946   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
4947 }
4948 
4949 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
4950 /// function-local external declaration.
4951 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
4952   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4953     return false;
4954 
4955   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
4956   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
4957   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
4958   if (DC->isDependentContext())
4959     return true;
4960 
4961   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
4962   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
4963   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
4964   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
4965   //
4966   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
4967   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
4968   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
4969     DC = DC->getParent();
4970   return true;
4971 }
4972 
4973 NamedDecl *
4974 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
4975                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
4976                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
4977                               bool &AddToScope) {
4978   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4979   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
4980 
4981   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
4982   VarDecl::StorageClass SC =
4983     StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
4984 
4985   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
4986   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
4987                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
4988 
4989   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
4990     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
4991     // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
4992     if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
4993       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
4994       D.setInvalidType();
4995     }
4996   }
4997 
4998   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4999     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5000     // an error here
5001     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5002     D.setInvalidType();
5003     SC = SC_None;
5004   }
5005 
5006   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
5007       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
5008                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
5009     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
5010     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
5011     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
5012     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5013          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
5014       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5015   }
5016 
5017   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5018   if (!II) {
5019     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5020       << Name;
5021     return 0;
5022   }
5023 
5024   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5025 
5026   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
5027     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
5028     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
5029     if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) {
5030       // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
5031       // is a GNU extension.
5032       if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel())
5033         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
5034       else
5035         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5036       D.setInvalidType();
5037     }
5038   }
5039 
5040   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5041     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
5042     // OpenCL __local address space.
5043     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
5044       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
5045     }
5046 
5047     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5048     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5049     // space qualifiers.
5050     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5051       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5052       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5053     }
5054 
5055     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5056     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5057     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5058     // address space qualifiers.
5059     if (R->isEventT()) {
5060       if (S->getParent() == 0) {
5061         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
5062         D.setInvalidType();
5063       }
5064 
5065       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5066         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5067         D.setInvalidType();
5068       }
5069     }
5070   }
5071 
5072   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5073   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5074   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5075   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5076   VarDecl *NewVD = 0;
5077   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = 0;
5078   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 0;
5079   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5080     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5081                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5082                             R, TInfo, SC);
5083 
5084     if (D.isInvalidType())
5085       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5086   } else {
5087     bool Invalid = false;
5088 
5089     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5090       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5091       switch (SC) {
5092       case SC_None:
5093         break;
5094       case SC_Static:
5095         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5096              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5097           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5098         break;
5099       case SC_Auto:
5100       case SC_Register:
5101       case SC_Extern:
5102         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5103         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5104         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5105         // of class members
5106 
5107         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5108              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5109           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5110         break;
5111       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5112         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5113       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5114         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
5115       }
5116     }
5117 
5118     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5119       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5120         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5121           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5122                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5123             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5124 
5125         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5126         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5127         if (RD->isUnion())
5128           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5129                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5130                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5131                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5132         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5133         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5134           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5135                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5136             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5137       }
5138     }
5139 
5140     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5141     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5142     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5143         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5144         D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists,
5145         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5146 
5147     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId &&
5148         !TemplateParams) {
5149       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
5150 
5151       // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
5152       // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
5153       // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
5154       // too few of them).
5155       // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations
5156       // (starting with "template") and the rest.
5157       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
5158           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
5159           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5160                                         "template<> ");
5161       IsExplicitSpecialization = true;
5162       TemplateParams = TemplateParameterList::Create(Context, SourceLocation(),
5163                                                      SourceLocation(), 0, 0,
5164                                                      SourceLocation());
5165     }
5166 
5167     if (TemplateParams) {
5168       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5169           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5170         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5171         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5172         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5173              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5174           << II
5175           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5176                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5177         TemplateParams = 0;
5178       } else {
5179         // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5180         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5181              getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y
5182                  ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5183                  : diag::ext_variable_template);
5184 
5185         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5186           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5187           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
5188           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5189           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5190         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5191           // This is a template declaration.
5192           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5193 
5194           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5195           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5196             return 0;
5197         }
5198       }
5199     }
5200 
5201     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5202       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5203           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5204               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5205               : SourceLocation();
5206       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5207           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5208           IsPartialSpecialization);
5209       if (Res.isInvalid())
5210         return 0;
5211       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5212       AddToScope = false;
5213     } else
5214       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5215                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5216 
5217     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5218     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5219       NewTemplate =
5220           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5221                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
5222       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5223     }
5224 
5225     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5226     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5227     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5228       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5229 
5230     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5231       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5232       if (NewTemplate)
5233         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5234     }
5235 
5236     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5237 
5238     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
5239     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
5240     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
5241     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
5242       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5243           Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists,
5244           TemplateParamLists.data());
5245 
5246     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5247       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5248   }
5249 
5250   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5251   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5252   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5253   if (NewTemplate)
5254     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5255 
5256   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5257     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5258 
5259   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5260     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) {
5261       // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5262       //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5263       //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5264       //   explicitly.
5265       // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5266       //   'extern'.
5267       if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
5268           TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local &&
5269           DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5270         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5271       else
5272         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5273              diag::err_thread_non_global)
5274           << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5275     } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
5276       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5277            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5278     else
5279       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5280   }
5281 
5282   // C99 6.7.4p3
5283   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5284   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5285   //   thread storage duration...
5286   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5287   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5288   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5289   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5290   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5291   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
5292       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5293     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5294     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5295       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5296            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5297       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5298     }
5299   }
5300 
5301   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5302     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5303       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5304           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5305           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5306                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5307     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5308       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5309         << 2
5310         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5311     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5312       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5313         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5314         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5315         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5316     else {
5317       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5318       if (NewTemplate)
5319         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5320     }
5321   }
5322 
5323   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5324   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5325 
5326   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
5327     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
5328 
5329   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5330     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5331     // storage [duration]."
5332     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
5333         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5334          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5335       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5336     }
5337   }
5338 
5339   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
5340   // retainable type.
5341   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
5342     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5343 
5344   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5345   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
5346     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5347     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5348     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5349     if (S->getFnParent() != 0) {
5350       switch (SC) {
5351       case SC_None:
5352       case SC_Auto:
5353         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5354         break;
5355       case SC_Register:
5356         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5357           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5358         break;
5359       case SC_Static:
5360       case SC_Extern:
5361       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5362       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5363         break;
5364       }
5365     }
5366 
5367     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
5368                                                 Context, Label, 0));
5369   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5370     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5371       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
5372     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5373       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
5374       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5375     }
5376   }
5377 
5378   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
5379   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
5380     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
5381 
5382   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
5383   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
5384   // declaration has linkage).
5385   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
5386                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
5387                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
5388                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
5389 
5390   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
5391   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
5392   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5393       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
5394     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
5395         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
5396         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
5397 
5398   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5399     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5400   } else {
5401     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
5402     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5403         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
5404       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5405 
5406     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
5407     if (!Previous.empty()) {
5408       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5409           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
5410           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5411         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
5412         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5413         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
5414           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5415         Previous.clear();
5416         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5417       }
5418     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5419       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
5420       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
5421         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
5422         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5423       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5424     }
5425 
5426     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5427       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5428 
5429     if (NewTemplate) {
5430       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
5431           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
5432               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
5433               : 0;
5434 
5435       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
5436       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
5437       // template declaration.
5438       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
5439               TemplateParams,
5440               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
5441                               : 0,
5442               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5443                DC->isDependentContext())
5444                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5445                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
5446         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5447 
5448       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
5449       // template, make a note of that.
5450       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
5451           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
5452         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
5453     }
5454   }
5455 
5456   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
5457 
5458   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
5459   // the map of such variables.
5460   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5461       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
5462     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
5463 
5464   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5465     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5466     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
5467             getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
5468                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
5469       Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD));
5470     }
5471   }
5472 
5473   if (NewTemplate) {
5474     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5475       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5476     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
5477     return NewTemplate;
5478   }
5479 
5480   return NewVD;
5481 }
5482 
5483 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
5484 /// -Wshadow.
5485 ///
5486 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
5487 /// scope.
5488 ///
5489 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
5490 /// \param R the lookup of the name
5491 ///
5492 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
5493   // Return if warning is ignored.
5494   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) ==
5495         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5496     return;
5497 
5498   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
5499   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
5500     return;
5501 
5502   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
5503 
5504   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
5505   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
5506     return;
5507 
5508   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
5509   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5510     return;
5511 
5512   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
5513   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5514     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
5515       if (MD->isStatic())
5516         return;
5517 
5518   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5519     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
5520       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
5521       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
5522       for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator
5523              I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end();
5524            I != E; ++I)
5525         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
5526           ShadowedDecl = *I;
5527           break;
5528         }
5529     }
5530 
5531   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
5532 
5533   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
5534   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
5535     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
5536     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
5537       return;
5538 
5539     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
5540     // static data members from base classes?
5541 
5542     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
5543     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
5544     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
5545   }
5546 
5547   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
5548   unsigned Kind;
5549   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
5550     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5551       Kind = 3; // field
5552     else
5553       Kind = 2; // static data member
5554   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
5555     Kind = 1; // global
5556   else
5557     Kind = 0; // local
5558 
5559   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
5560 
5561   // Emit warning and note.
5562   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
5563     return;
5564   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
5565   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5566 }
5567 
5568 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
5569 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
5570   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) ==
5571         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5572     return;
5573 
5574   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
5575                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
5576   LookupName(R, S);
5577   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
5578 }
5579 
5580 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
5581 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
5582 template<typename T>
5583 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
5584     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
5585   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
5586   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
5587 
5588   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5589     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
5590     // declaration.
5591     return false;
5592   }
5593 
5594   if (Prev) {
5595     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5596       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
5597       // redeclaration.
5598       Previous.clear();
5599       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5600       return true;
5601     }
5602 
5603     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
5604     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
5605     // declaration.
5606     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
5607       return false;
5608   } else {
5609     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
5610     // translation unit which might conflict.
5611     if (IsGlobal) {
5612       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
5613       IsGlobal = false;
5614       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
5615            I != E; ++I) {
5616         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5617           Prev = *I;
5618           break;
5619         }
5620       }
5621     } else {
5622       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
5623           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
5624       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
5625            I != E; ++I) {
5626         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5627           Prev = *I;
5628           break;
5629         }
5630         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
5631         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
5632         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
5633         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
5634         // diagnostic.
5635       }
5636     }
5637 
5638     if (!Prev)
5639       return false;
5640   }
5641 
5642   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
5643   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
5644   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
5645   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
5646     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
5647   else
5648     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
5649 
5650   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
5651     << IsGlobal << ND;
5652   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
5653     << IsGlobal;
5654   return false;
5655 }
5656 
5657 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
5658 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
5659 ///
5660 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
5661 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
5662 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
5663 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
5664 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
5665 template<typename T>
5666 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
5667                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
5668   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5669     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
5670     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
5671     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
5672     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5673       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
5674         Previous.clear();
5675         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5676         return true;
5677       }
5678     }
5679     return false;
5680   }
5681 
5682   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
5683   // declaration.
5684   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5685     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
5686 
5687   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
5688   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
5689   // in another scope.
5690   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
5691     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
5692 
5693   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
5694   return false;
5695 }
5696 
5697 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
5698   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5699   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5700     return;
5701 
5702   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5703   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5704 
5705   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
5706   if (T->isUndeducedType())
5707     return;
5708 
5709   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
5710     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
5711       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
5712     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5713     NewVD->setType(T);
5714   }
5715 
5716   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
5717   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
5718   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
5719   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
5720   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
5721     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
5722     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5723     return;
5724   }
5725 
5726   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
5727   // __constant address space.
5728   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
5729       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
5730       && !T->isSamplerT()){
5731     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
5732     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5733     return;
5734   }
5735 
5736   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
5737   // scope.
5738   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
5739       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5740     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
5741     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5742     return;
5743   }
5744 
5745   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
5746       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5747     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
5748       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
5749     else {
5750       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
5751       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
5752     }
5753   }
5754 
5755   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
5756   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
5757       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5758     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5759 
5760   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
5761       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
5762     bool SizeIsNegative;
5763     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5764     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5765       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5766                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5767     if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
5768       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
5769       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
5770       // int a[10][n];
5771       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
5772 
5773       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5774         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
5775         << SizeRange;
5776       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
5777         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
5778         << SizeRange;
5779       else
5780         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
5781         << SizeRange;
5782       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5783       return;
5784     }
5785 
5786     if (FixedTInfo == 0) {
5787       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5788         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5789       else
5790         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
5791       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5792       return;
5793     }
5794 
5795     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5796     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
5797     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5798   }
5799 
5800   if (T->isVoidType()) {
5801     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
5802     //                    of objects and functions.
5803     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5804       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
5805         << T;
5806       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5807       return;
5808     }
5809   }
5810 
5811   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5812     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
5813     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5814     return;
5815   }
5816 
5817   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5818     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
5819     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5820     return;
5821   }
5822 
5823   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
5824       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
5825                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
5826     // Can't perform this check until the type is deduced.
5827     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5828     return;
5829   }
5830 }
5831 
5832 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
5833 /// declaration.
5834 ///
5835 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
5836 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
5837 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
5838 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
5839 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
5840 ///
5841 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
5842 ///
5843 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
5844 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
5845   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
5846 
5847   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5848   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5849     return false;
5850 
5851   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
5852   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
5853   if (Previous.empty() &&
5854       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
5855     Previous.setShadowed();
5856 
5857   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
5858   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous);
5859 
5860   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5861     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
5862     return true;
5863   }
5864   return false;
5865 }
5866 
5867 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
5868 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
5869   Sema *S;
5870   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
5871 };
5872 
5873 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
5874 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
5875 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
5876 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
5877                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
5878                                  void *UserData) {
5879   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
5880 
5881   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
5882     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
5883 
5884   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
5885 
5886   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
5887   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5888     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
5889     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
5890     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
5891 
5892     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
5893   }
5894 
5895   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
5896        !Path.Decls.empty();
5897        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
5898     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
5899     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5900       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
5901         return true;
5902     }
5903   }
5904 
5905   return false;
5906 }
5907 
5908 namespace {
5909   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
5910 }
5911 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
5912 /// overriden methods.
5913 ///
5914 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
5915 /// \param MD the overriding method.
5916 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
5917 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
5918                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
5919   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
5920   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
5921                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
5922        I != E; ++I) {
5923     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
5924     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
5925     // out the diag loop 3 times.
5926     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
5927         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
5928         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
5929       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
5930   }
5931 }
5932 
5933 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
5934 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
5935 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
5936   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
5937   CXXBasePaths Paths;
5938   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
5939   Data.Method = MD;
5940   Data.S = this;
5941   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
5942   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
5943   bool AddedAny = false;
5944   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
5945     for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(),
5946          E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5947       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) {
5948         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
5949         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
5950             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
5951             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
5952             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
5953           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
5954           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
5955           AddedAny = true;
5956         }
5957       }
5958     }
5959   }
5960 
5961   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
5962     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
5963   }
5964   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
5965     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
5966   }
5967 
5968   return AddedAny;
5969 }
5970 
5971 namespace {
5972   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
5973   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
5974   struct ActOnFDArgs {
5975     Scope *S;
5976     Declarator &D;
5977     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
5978     bool AddToScope;
5979   };
5980 }
5981 
5982 namespace {
5983 
5984 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
5985 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
5986 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
5987  public:
5988   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
5989                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
5990       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
5991         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {}
5992 
5993   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
5994     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
5995       return false;
5996 
5997     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
5998     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
5999                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
6000          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6001       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6002 
6003       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6004           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6005         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6006           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
6007           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
6008             return true;
6009         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
6010           return true;
6011         }
6012       }
6013     }
6014 
6015     return false;
6016   }
6017 
6018  private:
6019   ASTContext &Context;
6020   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
6021   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
6022 };
6023 
6024 }
6025 
6026 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
6027 ///
6028 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6029 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6030 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6031 /// the same name.
6032 ///
6033 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6034 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6035 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6036     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6037     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6038   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6039   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6040   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6041   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6042   TypoCorrection Correction;
6043   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6044   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6045                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6046   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6047                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6048                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6049                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6050 
6051   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6052   if (IsLocalFriend)
6053     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6054   else
6055     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6056   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6057          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6058   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6059   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
6060                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : 0);
6061   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6062     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6063          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6064       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6065       if (FD &&
6066           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6067         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6068         // involve a parameter
6069         unsigned ParamNum =
6070             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6071         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6072       }
6073     }
6074   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6075   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6076                  Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6077                  &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator,
6078                  IsLocalFriend ? 0 : NewDC))) {
6079     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6080     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6081                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6082     Previous.clear();
6083     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6084     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6085                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6086          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6087       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6088       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6089           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6090         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6091       }
6092     }
6093     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6094 
6095     NamedDecl *Result;
6096     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6097     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6098     {
6099       // Trap errors.
6100       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6101 
6102       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6103       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6104       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6105       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6106           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6107           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6108           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6109           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6110 
6111       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6112         Result = 0;
6113     }
6114 
6115     if (Result) {
6116       // Determine which correction we picked.
6117       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6118       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6119            I != E; ++I)
6120         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6121           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6122 
6123       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6124           Correction,
6125           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6126                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6127                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6128             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6129       return Result;
6130     }
6131 
6132     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6133     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6134                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6135     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6136     Previous.clear();
6137     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6138   }
6139 
6140   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6141       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6142 
6143   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6144   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6145     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6146 
6147   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6148        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6149        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6150     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6151     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6152     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6153     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6154 
6155     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6156     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6157       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6158       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6159       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6160       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6161                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6162         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6163         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6164     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6165       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6166           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6167     } else
6168       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6169                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6170                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6171   }
6172   return 0;
6173 }
6174 
6175 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
6176                                                           Declarator &D) {
6177   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6178   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6179   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6180   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6181   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6182     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6183                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6184     D.setInvalidType();
6185     break;
6186   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6187   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6188     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6189       return SC_None;
6190     return SC_Extern;
6191   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6192     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6193       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6194       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6195       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6196       //   other than extern
6197       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6198       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6199                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6200       break;
6201     } else
6202       return SC_Static;
6203   }
6204   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6205   }
6206 
6207   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6208   return SC_None;
6209 }
6210 
6211 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6212                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6213                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6214                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
6215                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6216   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6217   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6218 
6219   FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0;
6220   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6221 
6222   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6223     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6224     // prototype. This true when:
6225     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6226     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6227     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6228     bool HasPrototype =
6229       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6230       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6231 
6232     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6233                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6234                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6235                                  HasPrototype, false);
6236     if (D.isInvalidType())
6237       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6238 
6239     // Set the lexical context.
6240     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
6241 
6242     return NewFD;
6243   }
6244 
6245   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6246   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6247 
6248   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6249   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6250   // the class has been completely parsed.
6251   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6252       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
6253           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
6254           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6255     D.setInvalidType();
6256 
6257   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6258     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6259     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6260            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6261 
6262     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6263     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6264                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6265                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6266                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6267                                       isConstexpr);
6268 
6269   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6270     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6271     if (DC->isRecord()) {
6272       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6273       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6274       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6275                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
6276                                         D.getLocStart(),
6277                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6278                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6279 
6280       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6281       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6282       // it yet.
6283       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6284           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6285           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6286         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6287       }
6288 
6289       // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body
6290       // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as
6291       // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor.
6292       if (SemaRef.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() &&
6293           !Record->isDependentType() && Record->getDefinition() &&
6294           !Record->isBeingDefined() && !NewDD->isDeleted()) {
6295         SemaRef.CheckDestructor(NewDD);
6296       }
6297 
6298       IsVirtualOkay = true;
6299       return NewDD;
6300 
6301     } else {
6302       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6303       D.setInvalidType();
6304 
6305       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6306       // code path.
6307       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6308                                   D.getLocStart(),
6309                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6310                                   SC, isInline,
6311                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6312     }
6313 
6314   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6315     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6316       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6317            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
6318       return 0;
6319     }
6320 
6321     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6322     IsVirtualOkay = true;
6323     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6324                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6325                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
6326                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6327 
6328   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
6329     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
6330     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
6331     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
6332     // constructor if it has no return type).
6333     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
6334         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
6335       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
6336         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
6337         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6338       return 0;
6339     }
6340 
6341     // This is a C++ method declaration.
6342     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
6343                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6344                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6345                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
6346                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6347     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
6348     return Ret;
6349   } else {
6350     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6351     // prototype. This true when:
6352     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
6353     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6354                                 D.getLocStart(),
6355                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
6356                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
6357   }
6358 }
6359 
6360 void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) {
6361   // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a
6362   // typedef of void is not permitted.
6363   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
6364       Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) {
6365     bool IsTypeAlias = false;
6366     if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>())
6367       IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl());
6368     else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
6369                Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>())
6370       IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias();
6371     Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void)
6372       << IsTypeAlias;
6373   }
6374 }
6375 
6376 enum OpenCLParamType {
6377   ValidKernelParam,
6378   PtrPtrKernelParam,
6379   PtrKernelParam,
6380   InvalidKernelParam,
6381   RecordKernelParam
6382 };
6383 
6384 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
6385   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
6386     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
6387     return PointeeType->isPointerType() ? PtrPtrKernelParam : PtrKernelParam;
6388   }
6389 
6390   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
6391   // be used as builtin types.
6392 
6393   if (PT->isImageType())
6394     return PtrKernelParam;
6395 
6396   if (PT->isBooleanType())
6397     return InvalidKernelParam;
6398 
6399   if (PT->isEventT())
6400     return InvalidKernelParam;
6401 
6402   if (PT->isHalfType())
6403     return InvalidKernelParam;
6404 
6405   if (PT->isRecordType())
6406     return RecordKernelParam;
6407 
6408   return ValidKernelParam;
6409 }
6410 
6411 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
6412   Sema &S,
6413   Declarator &D,
6414   ParmVarDecl *Param,
6415   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> &ValidTypes) {
6416   QualType PT = Param->getType();
6417 
6418   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
6419   // used again
6420   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
6421     return;
6422 
6423   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
6424   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
6425     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6426     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6427     // pointer to a pointer type.
6428     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
6429     D.setInvalidType();
6430     return;
6431 
6432     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
6433     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
6434     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
6435     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
6436     // one of these built-in scalar types.
6437 
6438   case InvalidKernelParam:
6439     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
6440     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
6441     // of event_t type.
6442     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6443     D.setInvalidType();
6444     return;
6445 
6446   case PtrKernelParam:
6447   case ValidKernelParam:
6448     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
6449     return;
6450 
6451   case RecordKernelParam:
6452     break;
6453   }
6454 
6455   // Track nested structs we will inspect
6456   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
6457 
6458   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
6459   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
6460   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
6461   HistoryStack.push_back((const FieldDecl *) 0);
6462 
6463   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6464   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
6465 
6466   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
6467 
6468   do {
6469     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
6470     if (!Next) {
6471       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
6472       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
6473       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
6474         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
6475 
6476       continue;
6477     }
6478 
6479     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
6480     // field itself) to the history stack.
6481     const RecordDecl *RD;
6482     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
6483       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
6484       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6485     } else {
6486       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
6487     }
6488 
6489     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
6490     VisitStack.push_back((const Decl *) 0);
6491 
6492     for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = RD->field_begin(),
6493            E = RD->field_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6494       const FieldDecl *FD = *I;
6495       QualType QT = FD->getType();
6496 
6497       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
6498         continue;
6499 
6500       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
6501       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
6502         continue;
6503 
6504       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
6505         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
6506         continue;
6507       }
6508 
6509       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
6510       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
6511       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
6512       // union.
6513       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam) {
6514         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
6515                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
6516           << PT->isUnionType()
6517           << PT;
6518       } else {
6519         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6520       }
6521 
6522       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6523         << PD->getDeclName();
6524 
6525       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
6526       // the offending field came from
6527       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
6528              E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6529         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
6530         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6531           << OuterField->getType();
6532       }
6533 
6534       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
6535         << QT->isPointerType()
6536         << QT;
6537       D.setInvalidType();
6538       return;
6539     }
6540   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
6541 }
6542 
6543 NamedDecl*
6544 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
6545                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
6546                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6547                               bool &AddToScope) {
6548   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6549 
6550   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
6551 
6552   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
6553   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6554   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6555   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
6556 
6557   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
6558     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6559          diag::err_invalid_thread)
6560       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
6561 
6562   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
6563     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember());
6564 
6565   bool isFriend = false;
6566   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
6567   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6568   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6569 
6570   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
6571   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6572   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
6573 
6574   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
6575 
6576   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6577   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6578 
6579   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
6580                                               isVirtualOkay);
6581   if (!NewFD) return 0;
6582 
6583   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
6584     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
6585 
6586   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
6587   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
6588   // context will be different from the semantic context.
6589   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6590 
6591   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
6592     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
6593 
6594   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6595     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6596     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
6597     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6598     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6599     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
6600     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6601       // C++ [class.friend]p5
6602       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
6603       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
6604       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6605     }
6606 
6607     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
6608     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
6609     // return true).
6610     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
6611           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
6612       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
6613         NewFD->setPure(true);
6614     }
6615 
6616     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
6617     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6618     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6619     if (D.isInvalidType())
6620       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6621 
6622     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6623     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6624     bool Invalid = false;
6625     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
6626             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6627                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6628                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists, isFriend,
6629                 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
6630       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
6631         // This is a function template
6632 
6633         // Check that we can declare a template here.
6634         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6635           return 0;
6636 
6637         // A destructor cannot be a template.
6638         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6639           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
6640           return 0;
6641         }
6642 
6643         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
6644         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
6645         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
6646         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
6647           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
6648           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
6649             Invalid = true;
6650         }
6651 
6652 
6653         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
6654                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
6655                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
6656                                                         NewFD);
6657         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6658         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
6659 
6660         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
6661         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
6662           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6663                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
6664                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
6665         }
6666       } else {
6667         // This is a function template specialization.
6668         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
6669         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6670         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6671                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
6672                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
6673 
6674         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
6675         if (isFriend) {
6676           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
6677           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
6678 
6679           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
6680           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
6681           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
6682           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
6683           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
6684           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
6685           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6686             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
6687             InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
6688           }
6689 
6690           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
6691             << Name << RemoveRange
6692             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
6693             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
6694         }
6695       }
6696     }
6697     else {
6698       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
6699       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
6700       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
6701         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6702         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6703                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
6704                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
6705     }
6706 
6707     if (Invalid) {
6708       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6709       if (FunctionTemplate)
6710         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6711     }
6712 
6713     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
6714     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
6715     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
6716     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
6717     //
6718     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6719       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
6720         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6721              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
6722       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6723         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
6724         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6725              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
6726           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6727       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
6728         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
6729         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
6730         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6731              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
6732           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6733       } else {
6734         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
6735         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
6736       }
6737 
6738       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
6739           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
6740         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
6741     }
6742 
6743     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
6744         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
6745          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
6746         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
6747       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
6748       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
6749       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
6750       // thing to do.
6751       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
6752       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
6753       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
6754           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6755       QualType Result =
6756           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
6757       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
6758                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
6759     }
6760 
6761     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
6762     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
6763     //  declaration.
6764     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6765       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6766         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
6767         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6768              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
6769           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
6770       }
6771     }
6772 
6773     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
6774     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
6775     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
6776     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
6777     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6778       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6779         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
6780         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6781              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
6782           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6783       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
6784                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
6785         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
6786         // or conversion function.
6787         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6788              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
6789           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6790       }
6791     }
6792 
6793     if (isConstexpr) {
6794       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
6795       // are implicitly inline.
6796       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6797 
6798       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
6799       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
6800       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
6801       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
6802         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
6803     }
6804 
6805     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
6806     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
6807       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
6808         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
6809           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
6810         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6811           << 0
6812           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
6813       } else {
6814         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
6815         if (FunctionTemplate)
6816           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
6817       }
6818     }
6819 
6820     if (isFriend) {
6821       if (FunctionTemplate) {
6822         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
6823         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
6824       }
6825       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
6826       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
6827     }
6828 
6829     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
6830     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
6831     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
6832     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
6833       case FDK_Declaration:
6834       case FDK_Definition:
6835         break;
6836 
6837       case FDK_Defaulted:
6838         NewFD->setDefaulted();
6839         break;
6840 
6841       case FDK_Deleted:
6842         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
6843         break;
6844     }
6845 
6846     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
6847         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6848       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
6849       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
6850       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
6851       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6852     }
6853 
6854     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
6855         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
6856       // C++ [class.static]p1:
6857       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
6858       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
6859       //   the class.
6860 
6861       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
6862       // member function definition.
6863       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6864            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
6865         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6866     }
6867 
6868     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
6869     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
6870     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
6871     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6872     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
6873          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
6874         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) {
6875       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
6876       EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept;
6877       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
6878                                              FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
6879     }
6880   }
6881 
6882   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
6883   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
6884                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
6885                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
6886                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
6887 
6888   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
6889   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
6890     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
6891     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
6892     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
6893                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
6894   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
6895     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
6896       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
6897     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
6898       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
6899       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
6900     }
6901   }
6902 
6903   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
6904   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
6905   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
6906   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
6907     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
6908 
6909     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
6910     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
6911     // single void argument.
6912     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
6913     // already checks for that case.
6914     if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
6915         FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param &&
6916         cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
6917       // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
6918       checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param));
6919     } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) {
6920       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
6921         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
6922         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
6923         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
6924         Params.push_back(Param);
6925 
6926         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
6927           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6928       }
6929     }
6930 
6931   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6932     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
6933     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
6934     // parameters for use in the declaration.
6935     //
6936     // @code
6937     // typedef void fn(int);
6938     // fn f;
6939     // @endcode
6940 
6941     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
6942     for (FunctionProtoType::param_type_iterator AI = FT->param_type_begin(),
6943                                                 AE = FT->param_type_end();
6944          AI != AE; ++AI) {
6945       ParmVarDecl *Param =
6946         BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI);
6947       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
6948       Params.push_back(Param);
6949     }
6950   } else {
6951     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
6952            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
6953   }
6954 
6955   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
6956   NewFD->setParams(Params);
6957 
6958   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
6959   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
6960   //
6961   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
6962   //
6963   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
6964   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
6965   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
6966 
6967   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
6968     NewFD->addAttr(
6969         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
6970                                        Context, 0));
6971 
6972   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
6973   // because all functions have linkage.
6974   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6975       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
6976     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
6977     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6978   }
6979 
6980   // Handle attributes.
6981   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
6982 
6983   QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType();
6984   const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ?
6985       RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
6986   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() &&
6987       Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) {
6988     const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6989     // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute.
6990     // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions
6991     // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators)
6992     if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret)
6993       NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
6994   }
6995 
6996   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
6997     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
6998     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
6999     unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace();
7000     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
7001         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
7002         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
7003       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7004            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
7005       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7006     }
7007   }
7008 
7009   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7010     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7011     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
7012     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7013       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7014 
7015     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7016       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7017 
7018     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7019       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7020                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
7021     else if (!Previous.empty())
7022       // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
7023       D.setRedeclaration(true);
7024     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7025             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7026            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7027   } else {
7028     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
7029     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
7030     //
7031     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
7032     //
7033     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
7034     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
7035     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
7036         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
7037         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7038       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7039            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
7040         << NewFD->getDeclName();
7041 
7042     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
7043     // argument list into our AST format.
7044     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7045       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
7046       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7047       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7048       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7049                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
7050       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7051                                  TemplateArgs);
7052 
7053       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7054 
7055       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7056         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7057       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7058         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7059         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7060           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7061 
7062         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7063       } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7064                  !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
7065         // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
7066         // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
7067         // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
7068         // too few of them).
7069         // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations
7070         // (starting with "template") and the rest.
7071         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
7072           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
7073           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
7074                                     D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
7075                                         "template<> ");
7076         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7077       } else {
7078         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7079         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7080       }
7081     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7082       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7083       // wrote something like:
7084       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7085       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7086       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7087       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7088       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7089         TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7090       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7091     }
7092 
7093     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7094     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7095     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7096     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7097     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7098     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7099         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7100          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7101             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7102             InstantiationDependent))) {
7103       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7104              "friend function specialization without template args");
7105       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7106                                                        Previous))
7107         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7108     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7109       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7110           && !isFriend) {
7111         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7112         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7113           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7114           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7115           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7116       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7117                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
7118                                                      Previous))
7119         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7120 
7121       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7122       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7123       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7124       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7125           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7126       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7127         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7128           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7129                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7130             << SC
7131             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7132                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7133 
7134         else
7135           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7136                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7137             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7138                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7139       }
7140 
7141     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7142       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7143           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7144     }
7145 
7146     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7147     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7148       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7149         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7150 
7151       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7152         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7153 
7154       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7155         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7156                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7157     }
7158 
7159     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7160             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7161            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7162 
7163     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7164                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7165                                 : NewFD);
7166 
7167     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7168       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7169       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7170         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7171 
7172       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7173       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7174     }
7175 
7176     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7177         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7178       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7179 
7180     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7181     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7182     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7183       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7184                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7185       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7186                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
7187                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7188                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7189                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7190                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7191                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7192                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7193                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7194                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7195                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7196     }
7197 
7198     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7199       // Ignore all the rest of this.
7200     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7201       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7202                                        AddToScope };
7203       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7204       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7205         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7206 
7207       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7208       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7209         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7210         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7211 
7212         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7213         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7214         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7215         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
7216         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7217         // can actually do this check immediately.
7218         if (isFriend &&
7219             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7220              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7221              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7222           // ignore these
7223         } else {
7224           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7225           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7226           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7227           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7228           //
7229           // class X {
7230           //   void f() const;
7231           // };
7232           //
7233           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7234           //
7235           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7236           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7237           // whether the parameter types are references).
7238 
7239           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7240                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, 0)) {
7241             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7242             return Result;
7243           }
7244         }
7245 
7246         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7247         // to something.
7248       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
7249         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7250                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
7251           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7252           return Result;
7253         }
7254       }
7255 
7256     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7257                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
7258                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7259                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
7260       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
7261       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
7262       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
7263       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
7264       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
7265       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
7266       // generate them.
7267       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
7268         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7269     }
7270   }
7271 
7272   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
7273   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
7274 
7275   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
7276 
7277   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
7278       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7279     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7280          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
7281       << NewFD;
7282 
7283     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
7284     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
7285     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
7286         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
7287     EPI.Variadic = true;
7288     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
7289 
7290     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
7291     NewFD->setType(R);
7292   }
7293 
7294   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
7295   // member, set the visibility of this function.
7296   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
7297     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
7298 
7299   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
7300   // marking the function.
7301   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
7302 
7303   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7304   // the map of such variables.
7305   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7306       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
7307     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
7308 
7309   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
7310   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
7311 
7312   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7313     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7314       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7315         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7316       return FunctionTemplate;
7317     }
7318   }
7319 
7320   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7321     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
7322     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
7323         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
7324       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
7325       D.setInvalidType();
7326     }
7327 
7328     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
7329     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
7330       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7331            diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type);
7332       D.setInvalidType();
7333     }
7334 
7335     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
7336     for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(),
7337          PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) {
7338       ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI;
7339       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
7340     }
7341   }
7342 
7343   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
7344 
7345   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
7346     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
7347       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7348           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7349         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
7350           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
7351             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
7352 
7353           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
7354         }
7355       }
7356 
7357   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
7358   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
7359   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
7360   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7361     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
7362                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
7363                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
7364                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
7365                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
7366     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
7367     AddToScope = false;
7368   }
7369 
7370   return NewFD;
7371 }
7372 
7373 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
7374 ///
7375 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
7376 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
7377 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
7378 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
7379 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
7380 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
7381 /// via InstantiateDecl).
7382 ///
7383 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
7384 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
7385 ///
7386 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
7387 ///
7388 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
7389 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7390                                     LookupResult &Previous,
7391                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
7392   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
7393          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
7394 
7395   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
7396   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
7397   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
7398   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7399                                !Previous.isShadowed();
7400 
7401   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
7402   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7403 
7404   bool Redeclaration = false;
7405   NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
7406 
7407   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
7408   // the same name, if appropriate.
7409   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7410     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
7411     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
7412     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
7413     // function to the scope.
7414     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
7415       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7416       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
7417         Redeclaration = true;
7418         OldDecl = Candidate;
7419       }
7420     } else {
7421       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
7422                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
7423       case Ovl_Match:
7424         Redeclaration = true;
7425         break;
7426 
7427       case Ovl_NonFunction:
7428         Redeclaration = true;
7429         break;
7430 
7431       case Ovl_Overload:
7432         Redeclaration = false;
7433         break;
7434       }
7435 
7436       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7437         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
7438         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
7439         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7440           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7441         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0;
7442         if (Redeclaration)
7443           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
7444         else if (!Previous.empty())
7445           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7446         if (OverloadedDecl)
7447           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
7448                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7449         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7450       }
7451     }
7452   }
7453 
7454   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
7455   if (!Redeclaration &&
7456       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
7457     filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7458     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7459       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
7460       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
7461       Redeclaration = true;
7462       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7463       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
7464 
7465       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
7466       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7467         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7468           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7469             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7470           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
7471                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7472           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7473         }
7474         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
7475           Redeclaration = false;
7476           OldDecl = 0;
7477         }
7478       }
7479     }
7480   }
7481 
7482   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
7483   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
7484   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
7485   //
7486   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
7487   // definition of a static member function.
7488   //
7489   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
7490   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
7491   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7492   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
7493       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
7494       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
7495     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = 0;
7496     if (OldDecl)
7497       OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
7498     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
7499       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7500         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7501       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
7502       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
7503       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
7504                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
7505 
7506       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
7507       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
7508       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
7509         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
7510         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
7511                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
7512           AddConstLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
7513 
7514         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const)
7515           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
7516       }
7517     }
7518   }
7519 
7520   if (Redeclaration) {
7521     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
7522     // merged.
7523     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
7524       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7525       return Redeclaration;
7526     }
7527 
7528     Previous.clear();
7529     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
7530 
7531     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
7532                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
7533       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
7534       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
7535         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
7536       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
7537       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
7538             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
7539         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7540         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7541       }
7542 
7543       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
7544       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
7545       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
7546           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
7547         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
7548         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
7549       }
7550 
7551     } else {
7552       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
7553       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
7554 
7555       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7556         // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line,
7557         // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition
7558         // because of templates, which means that the previous
7559         // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition.
7560 
7561         // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter.
7562         CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
7563         NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess());
7564 
7565         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
7566         if (NewFD->isInlined() &&
7567             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
7568           // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original
7569           // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is
7570           // just faster in that case, so map back to that now.
7571           oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl());
7572           if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) {
7573             Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod);
7574           }
7575         }
7576       }
7577     }
7578   }
7579 
7580   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
7581   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7582     // C++-specific checks.
7583     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7584       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
7585     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
7586                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7587       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
7588       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
7589 
7590       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
7591       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
7592       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
7593         DeclarationName Name
7594           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
7595                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
7596         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
7597           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
7598           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7599           return Redeclaration;
7600         }
7601       }
7602     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
7603                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7604       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
7605     }
7606 
7607     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
7608     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7609       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
7610           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
7611           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
7612         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
7613           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
7614           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
7615             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
7616           }
7617         }
7618       }
7619 
7620       if (Method->isStatic())
7621         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
7622     }
7623 
7624     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
7625     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7626         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7627       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7628       return Redeclaration;
7629     }
7630 
7631     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
7632     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
7633         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7634       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7635       return Redeclaration;
7636     }
7637 
7638     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
7639     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
7640     // during delayed parsing anyway.
7641     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
7642       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
7643 
7644     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
7645     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
7646     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
7647       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
7648       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
7649       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
7650       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
7651         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
7652         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
7653         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
7654       }
7655     }
7656 
7657     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
7658     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
7659     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
7660     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
7661     if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) {
7662       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
7663       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
7664         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
7665             << NewFD << R;
7666       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
7667                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
7668         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
7669     }
7670   }
7671   return Redeclaration;
7672 }
7673 
7674 static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
7675   const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
7676   if (!TSI)
7677     return SourceRange();
7678 
7679   TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc();
7680   FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>();
7681   if (!FunctionTL)
7682     return SourceRange();
7683 
7684   TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getReturnLoc();
7685   if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>())
7686     return ResultTL.getSourceRange();
7687 
7688   return SourceRange();
7689 }
7690 
7691 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
7692   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
7693   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
7694   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
7695   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
7696   //   appear in a declaration of main.
7697   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
7698   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
7699   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
7700     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
7701          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
7702       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7703   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
7704     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
7705       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
7706   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
7707     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
7708     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc,
7709                               PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
7710     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
7711     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
7712       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
7713   }
7714   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
7715     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
7716       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
7717     FD->setConstexpr(false);
7718   }
7719 
7720   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7721     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
7722         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
7723     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7724     return;
7725   }
7726 
7727   QualType T = FD->getType();
7728   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
7729   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
7730 
7731   // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'.
7732   if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) {
7733     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
7734     // set the flag which tells us that.
7735     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
7736     FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7737 
7738   // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
7739   // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
7740   // implicit-return-zero rule.
7741   } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7742     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
7743 
7744     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7745     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7746       Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
7747           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7748 
7749   // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
7750   } else {
7751     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7752     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7753       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
7754           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7755     else
7756       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
7757 
7758     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7759   }
7760 
7761   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
7762   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
7763 
7764   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
7765   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
7766   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
7767 
7768   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
7769 
7770   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
7771   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
7772   // getting shifty.
7773   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
7774     HasExtraParameters = false;
7775 
7776   if (HasExtraParameters) {
7777     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
7778     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7779     nparams = 3;
7780   }
7781 
7782   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
7783   // if we had some location information about types.
7784 
7785   QualType CharPP =
7786     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
7787   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
7788 
7789   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
7790     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
7791 
7792     bool mismatch = true;
7793 
7794     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
7795       mismatch = false;
7796     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
7797       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
7798       //   char const **
7799       //   char const * const *
7800       //   char * const *
7801 
7802       QualifierCollector qs;
7803       const PointerType* PT;
7804       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7805           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7806           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
7807                               Context.CharTy)) {
7808         qs.removeConst();
7809         mismatch = !qs.empty();
7810       }
7811     }
7812 
7813     if (mismatch) {
7814       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
7815       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
7816       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7817     }
7818   }
7819 
7820   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7821     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
7822   }
7823 
7824   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7825     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
7826     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7827   }
7828 }
7829 
7830 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
7831   QualType T = FD->getType();
7832   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
7833   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
7834 
7835   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
7836   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
7837   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
7838       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
7839       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
7840     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
7841     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
7842       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7843 
7844   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7845     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
7846     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7847   }
7848 }
7849 
7850 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
7851   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
7852   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
7853   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
7854   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
7855   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
7856   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
7857   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
7858   // rules there don't matter.)
7859   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
7860     return false;
7861   Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
7862     << Init->getSourceRange();
7863   return true;
7864 }
7865 
7866 namespace {
7867   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
7868   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
7869   class SelfReferenceChecker
7870       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
7871     Sema &S;
7872     Decl *OrigDecl;
7873     bool isRecordType;
7874     bool isPODType;
7875     bool isReferenceType;
7876 
7877   public:
7878     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
7879 
7880     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
7881                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
7882       isPODType = false;
7883       isRecordType = false;
7884       isReferenceType = false;
7885       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
7886         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
7887         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
7888         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
7889       }
7890     }
7891 
7892     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
7893     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
7894     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
7895     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
7896       if (isReferenceType)
7897         return;
7898       E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7899       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
7900         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7901         return;
7902       }
7903 
7904       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
7905         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
7906         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
7907         return;
7908       }
7909 
7910       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
7911         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7912         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
7913           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
7914           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
7915             return;
7916           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7917         }
7918         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
7919           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7920         return;
7921       }
7922     }
7923 
7924     // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are
7925     // bad, not just r-value uses.
7926     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
7927       if (isReferenceType)
7928         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
7929     }
7930 
7931     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
7932       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue ||
7933           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
7934         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
7935 
7936       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
7937     }
7938 
7939     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
7940       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
7941       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
7942 
7943       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
7944       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
7945       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
7946       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
7947       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7948       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
7949         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
7950           Warn = false;
7951         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7952       }
7953 
7954       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
7955         if (Warn)
7956           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7957         return;
7958       }
7959 
7960       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
7961       // Visit that expression.
7962       Visit(Base);
7963     }
7964 
7965     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
7966       if (E->getNumArgs() > 0)
7967         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0)))
7968           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7969 
7970       Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
7971     }
7972 
7973     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
7974       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
7975       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
7976           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
7977         if (!isPODType)
7978           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
7979         return;
7980       }
7981       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
7982     }
7983 
7984     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
7985 
7986     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
7987       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
7988       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
7989       unsigned diag;
7990       if (isReferenceType) {
7991         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
7992       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
7993         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
7994       } else {
7995         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
7996       }
7997 
7998       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
7999                             S.PDiag(diag)
8000                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
8001                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
8002                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
8003     }
8004   };
8005 
8006   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
8007   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
8008                                  bool DirectInit) {
8009     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
8010     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
8011     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
8012       return;
8013 
8014     E = E->IgnoreParens();
8015 
8016     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
8017     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
8018     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
8019       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
8020         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
8021           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
8022             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
8023               return;
8024 
8025     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E);
8026   }
8027 }
8028 
8029 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
8030 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
8031 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
8032 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
8033                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8034   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
8035   // the initializer.
8036   if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8037     return;
8038 
8039   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8040     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
8041     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
8042     // Thus this grotesque test.
8043     IntegerLiteral *IL;
8044     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
8045         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
8046       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
8047     else {
8048       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
8049         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
8050       Method->setInvalidDecl();
8051     }
8052     return;
8053   }
8054 
8055   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
8056   if (!VDecl) {
8057     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
8058     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
8059     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8060     return;
8061   }
8062   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8063 
8064   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
8065   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8066     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
8067     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
8068     // contains exactly one expression.
8069     if (CXXDirectInit) {
8070       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
8071         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
8072         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
8073         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8074              VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
8075                                     : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
8076           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8077           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8078         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8079         return;
8080       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
8081         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
8082              VDecl->isInitCapture()
8083                  ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
8084                  : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
8085           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8086           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8087         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8088         return;
8089       } else {
8090         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
8091       }
8092     }
8093 
8094     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
8095     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
8096     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
8097         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8098       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8099       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8100         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8101         return;
8102       }
8103       Init = Result.take();
8104       DefaultedToAuto = true;
8105     }
8106 
8107     QualType DeducedType;
8108     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
8109             DAR_Failed)
8110       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
8111     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
8112       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8113       return;
8114     }
8115     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
8116     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
8117 
8118     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
8119     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
8120       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8121 
8122     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
8123     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
8124     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
8125     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
8126     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
8127         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
8128       SourceLocation Loc =
8129           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8130       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
8131         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
8132     }
8133 
8134     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
8135     // the previously declared type.
8136     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
8137       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
8138       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
8139       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
8140     }
8141 
8142     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
8143     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
8144     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8145       return;
8146   }
8147 
8148   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
8149     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
8150     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
8151     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8152     return;
8153   }
8154 
8155   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
8156     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
8157     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
8158     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
8159     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
8160     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
8161       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
8162     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
8163                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8164       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8165       return;
8166     }
8167 
8168     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8169     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
8170                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8171                                AbstractVariableType))
8172       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8173   }
8174 
8175   const VarDecl *Def;
8176   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
8177     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
8178       << VDecl->getDeclName();
8179     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8180     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8181     return;
8182   }
8183 
8184   const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0;
8185   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8186     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
8187     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
8188     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8189     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
8190     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
8191     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
8192     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
8193     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
8194     //
8195     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
8196     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
8197     // declaration with an initializer.
8198     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
8199       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
8200           << VDecl->getDeclName();
8201       Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
8202       return;
8203     }
8204 
8205     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
8206       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8207 
8208     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
8209       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8210       return;
8211     }
8212   }
8213 
8214   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
8215   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
8216   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
8217     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
8218     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8219     return;
8220   }
8221 
8222   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
8223   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
8224   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
8225 
8226   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
8227   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
8228   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8229       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8230     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8231     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8232       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8233       return;
8234     }
8235     Init = Result.take();
8236   }
8237 
8238   // Perform the initialization.
8239   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8240     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
8241     InitializationKind Kind
8242       = DirectInit ?
8243           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
8244                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
8245                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
8246                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
8247                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
8248                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
8249                                                     Init->getLocStart());
8250 
8251     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
8252     if (CXXDirectInit)
8253       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
8254                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
8255 
8256     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
8257     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
8258     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8259       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8260       return;
8261     }
8262 
8263     Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
8264   }
8265 
8266   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
8267   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
8268   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
8269   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
8270       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
8271     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
8272   }
8273 
8274   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
8275   // completed by the initializer. For example:
8276   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
8277   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
8278   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
8279     VDecl->setType(DclT);
8280 
8281   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8282     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
8283 
8284     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
8285       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
8286 
8287     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
8288     // Although this code can still have problems:
8289     //   id x = self.weakProp;
8290     //   id y = self.weakProp;
8291     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
8292     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
8293     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
8294     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) {
8295       DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level =
8296         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
8297                                  Init->getLocStart());
8298       if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
8299         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
8300     }
8301   }
8302 
8303   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
8304   //
8305   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
8306   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
8307   // full-expression. For instance, in:
8308   //
8309   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
8310   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
8311   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
8312   //
8313   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
8314   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
8315                                           false,
8316                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
8317   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8318     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8319     return;
8320   }
8321   Init = Result.take();
8322 
8323   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
8324   VDecl->setInit(Init);
8325 
8326   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
8327     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
8328     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
8329     // C++ does not have this restriction.
8330     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8331       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8332         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8333       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
8334       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
8335       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
8336       // constant expressions.
8337       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
8338                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
8339                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
8340         Diag(Init->getExprLoc(),
8341              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
8342           << Init->getSourceRange();
8343     }
8344   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
8345              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
8346     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
8347     //
8348     // struct S {
8349     //   static const int value = 17;
8350     // };
8351 
8352     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
8353     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
8354     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
8355     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
8356     //
8357     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
8358     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
8359     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8360     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
8361     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
8362     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
8363     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
8364     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
8365     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
8366 
8367     // Do nothing on dependent types.
8368     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
8369 
8370     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
8371     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
8372     // type.
8373     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
8374 
8375     // Require constness.
8376     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
8377       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
8378         << Init->getSourceRange();
8379       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8380 
8381     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
8382     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
8383       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
8384       SourceLocation Loc;
8385       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
8386         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
8387         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
8388         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
8389       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
8390         ; // Nothing to check.
8391       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
8392         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
8393       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8394         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
8395         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
8396         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8397           << Init->getSourceRange();
8398       } else {
8399         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
8400         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
8401         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8402           << Init->getSourceRange();
8403         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8404       }
8405 
8406     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
8407     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
8408       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
8409       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
8410       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
8411         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
8412              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8413             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8414         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
8415              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8416             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8417       } else {
8418         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
8419           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8420 
8421         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8422           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8423             << Init->getSourceRange();
8424           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8425         }
8426       }
8427 
8428     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
8429     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
8430       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
8431         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
8432         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8433       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
8434 
8435     } else {
8436       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
8437         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8438       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8439     }
8440   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
8441     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
8442         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
8443          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
8444            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
8445         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
8446       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
8447 
8448     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
8449     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8450       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8451     else if (VDecl->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static &&
8452              !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && !DclT->isDependentType() &&
8453              !Init->isValueDependent() && !VDecl->isConstexpr() &&
8454              !Init->isConstantInitializer(
8455                  Context, VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) {
8456       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
8457       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
8458       //   initialization.
8459       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
8460       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init);
8461       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8462         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
8463     }
8464   }
8465 
8466   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
8467   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
8468   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
8469   //
8470   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
8471   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
8472   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
8473   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
8474   // special case code.
8475 
8476   // C++ 8.5p11:
8477   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
8478   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
8479   // class type.
8480   if (CXXDirectInit) {
8481     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
8482     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8483   } else if (DirectInit) {
8484     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
8485     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
8486   }
8487 
8488   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
8489 }
8490 
8491 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
8492 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
8493 /// of sanity.
8494 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
8495   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
8496   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
8497   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8498 
8499   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8500   if (!VD) return;
8501 
8502   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
8503   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
8504     D->setInvalidDecl();
8505     return;
8506   }
8507 
8508   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
8509   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
8510 
8511   // Require a complete type.
8512   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
8513                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
8514                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8515     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8516     return;
8517   }
8518 
8519   // Require an abstract type.
8520   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
8521                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8522                              AbstractVariableType)) {
8523     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8524     return;
8525   }
8526 
8527   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
8528   // though.
8529 }
8530 
8531 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
8532                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8533   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
8534   if (RealDecl == 0)
8535     return;
8536 
8537   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8538     QualType Type = Var->getType();
8539 
8540     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
8541     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
8542       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
8543         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
8544       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8545       return;
8546     }
8547 
8548     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
8549     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
8550     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
8551     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
8552     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
8553     // member.
8554     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8555       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
8556         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8557              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
8558           << Var->getDeclName();
8559       else
8560         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
8561       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8562       return;
8563     }
8564 
8565     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
8566     // be initialized.
8567     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8568         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
8569         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
8570       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
8571       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8572       return;
8573     }
8574 
8575     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8576     case VarDecl::Definition:
8577       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
8578         break;
8579 
8580       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
8581       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
8582       // a declaration.
8583       //
8584       // Fall through
8585 
8586     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
8587       // It's only a declaration.
8588 
8589       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
8590       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
8591       // object shall be complete.
8592       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
8593           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8594           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8595                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
8596         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8597 
8598       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
8599       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8600           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8601                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8602                                  AbstractVariableType))
8603         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8604       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8605           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
8606         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
8607         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
8608       }
8609 
8610       return;
8611 
8612     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
8613       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
8614       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
8615       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
8616       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
8617       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
8618       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
8619         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
8620                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
8621           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8622                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
8623                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
8624             Var->setInvalidDecl();
8625         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8626           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
8627           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
8628           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
8629           // NOTE: code such as the following
8630           //     static struct s;
8631           //     struct s { int a; };
8632           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
8633           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
8634           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
8635           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
8636             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8637                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
8638         }
8639       }
8640 
8641       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
8642       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
8643         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
8644       return;
8645     }
8646 
8647     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8648     // definitions with incomplete array type.
8649     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
8650       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8651            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
8652       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8653       return;
8654     }
8655 
8656     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8657     // definitions with reference type.
8658     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
8659       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
8660         << Var->getDeclName()
8661         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
8662       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8663       return;
8664     }
8665 
8666     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
8667     // variable with dependent type.
8668     if (Type->isDependentType())
8669       return;
8670 
8671     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
8672       return;
8673 
8674     if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8675                             Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
8676                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8677       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8678       return;
8679     }
8680 
8681     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8682     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8683                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8684                                AbstractVariableType)) {
8685       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8686       return;
8687     }
8688 
8689     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
8690     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
8691     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
8692     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
8693     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
8694     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
8695     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
8696     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
8697     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
8698     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
8699     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8700       if (const RecordType *Record
8701             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
8702         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
8703         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
8704         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
8705         // incompatibilities with C++98.
8706         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
8707           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8708       }
8709     }
8710 
8711     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
8712     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
8713     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
8714     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
8715     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
8716     //   type shall have a user-declared default
8717     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
8718     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
8719     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
8720     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
8721     //   program is ill-formed.
8722     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
8723     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
8724     //   default-initialized; [...].
8725     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
8726     InitializationKind Kind
8727       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
8728 
8729     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
8730     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
8731     if (Init.isInvalid())
8732       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8733     else if (Init.get()) {
8734       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
8735       // This is important for template substitution.
8736       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8737     }
8738 
8739     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
8740   }
8741 }
8742 
8743 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
8744   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8745   if (!VD) {
8746     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
8747     D->setInvalidDecl();
8748     return;
8749   }
8750 
8751   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
8752 
8753   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
8754   int Error = -1;
8755   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
8756   case SC_None:
8757     break;
8758   case SC_Extern:
8759     Error = 0;
8760     break;
8761   case SC_Static:
8762     Error = 1;
8763     break;
8764   case SC_PrivateExtern:
8765     Error = 2;
8766     break;
8767   case SC_Auto:
8768     Error = 3;
8769     break;
8770   case SC_Register:
8771     Error = 4;
8772     break;
8773   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
8774     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
8775   }
8776   if (VD->isConstexpr())
8777     Error = 5;
8778   if (Error != -1) {
8779     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
8780       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
8781     D->setInvalidDecl();
8782   }
8783 }
8784 
8785 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
8786   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8787 
8788   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
8789   // local retaining variable.
8790   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
8791       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8792     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
8793     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
8794     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
8795     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
8796       break;
8797 
8798     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
8799     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
8800       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8801       break;
8802     }
8803   }
8804 
8805   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
8806   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
8807   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
8808   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
8809   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
8810   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
8811       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
8812       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
8813       getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(
8814                        diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
8815                        var->getLocation())) {
8816     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
8817     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
8818     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
8819       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
8820 
8821     if (!prev)
8822       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
8823   }
8824 
8825   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static &&
8826       var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
8827     // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
8828     //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
8829     //   have a non-trivial destructor.
8830     Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
8831     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8832       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
8833   }
8834 
8835   // All the following checks are C++ only.
8836   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
8837 
8838   QualType type = var->getType();
8839   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
8840 
8841   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
8842   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8843     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
8844     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
8845 
8846     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
8847     // constructing this copy.
8848     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
8849       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
8850       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
8851       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
8852       ExprResult result
8853         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
8854             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
8855             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
8856       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
8857         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
8858         Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>();
8859         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
8860       }
8861     }
8862   }
8863 
8864   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
8865   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
8866   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
8867 
8868   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
8869       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
8870     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
8871         getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor,
8872                                             var->getLocation())
8873           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) {
8874       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
8875       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
8876       // warned about them.
8877       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
8878       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
8879           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
8880         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
8881           << Init->getSourceRange();
8882     }
8883 
8884     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
8885       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
8886       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
8887         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
8888         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
8889         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
8890         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
8891               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
8892           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
8893           Notes.clear();
8894         }
8895         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
8896           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
8897         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
8898           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
8899       }
8900     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
8901       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
8902       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
8903       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
8904       var->checkInitIsICE();
8905     }
8906   }
8907 
8908   // Require the destructor.
8909   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
8910     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
8911 }
8912 
8913 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
8914 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
8915 void
8916 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
8917   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
8918   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
8919 
8920   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
8921   if (!VD)
8922     return;
8923 
8924   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
8925 
8926   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
8927     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8928       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
8929       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
8930     }
8931   }
8932 
8933   if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8934       VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) {
8935     if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) {
8936       if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
8937         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias)
8938             << VD->getDeclName();
8939         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8940         VD->setInvalidDecl();
8941       }
8942     }
8943   }
8944 
8945   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
8946   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
8947   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
8948   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
8949     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
8950 
8951   if (VD->isFileVarDecl())
8952     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
8953 
8954   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
8955   // tag values.
8956   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
8957       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
8958     return;
8959 
8960   for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>
8961          I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(),
8962          E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>();
8963        I != E; ++I) {
8964     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
8965     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
8966       continue;
8967     }
8968     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
8969     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
8970       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
8971            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
8972         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
8973       continue;
8974     }
8975     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
8976       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
8977            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
8978         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
8979       continue;
8980     }
8981     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
8982     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
8983                                MagicValue,
8984                                I->getMatchingCType(),
8985                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
8986                                I->getMustBeNull());
8987   }
8988 }
8989 
8990 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
8991                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
8992   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
8993 
8994   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
8995     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
8996 
8997   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = 0;
8998   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
8999     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
9000       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
9001         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
9002           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
9003       Decls.push_back(D);
9004     }
9005 
9006   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
9007     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
9008       HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag);
9009       if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl())
9010         Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
9011     }
9012   }
9013 
9014   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
9015 }
9016 
9017 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
9018 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
9019 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
9020 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
9021                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9022   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
9023   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
9024   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
9025   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
9026   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
9027   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
9028   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
9029   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
9030     QualType Deduced;
9031     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
9032     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0;
9033     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9034       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
9035         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
9036         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
9037         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
9038           break;
9039         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
9040         if (!U.isNull()) {
9041           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
9042           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
9043             Deduced = U;
9044             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
9045             DeducedDecl = D;
9046           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
9047             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
9048                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
9049               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
9050               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
9051               << U << D->getDeclName()
9052               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
9053               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
9054             D->setInvalidDecl();
9055             break;
9056           }
9057         }
9058       }
9059     }
9060   }
9061 
9062   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
9063 
9064   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
9065       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
9066 }
9067 
9068 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
9069   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
9070 }
9071 
9072 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9073   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
9074   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
9075    return;
9076 
9077   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
9078                                Group[0]->getLocation())
9079         == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
9080     return;
9081 
9082   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
9083     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
9084     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
9085     // additional declaration references:
9086     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
9087     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
9088     //   'struct S *pS;'
9089     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
9090     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
9091     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
9092       Group = Group.slice(1);
9093     }
9094   }
9095 
9096   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
9097   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
9098   if (!Comments.empty() &&
9099       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
9100     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
9101     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
9102     //
9103     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
9104     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
9105     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
9106     // ahead through comments.
9107     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9108       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
9109   }
9110 }
9111 
9112 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
9113 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
9114 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
9115   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
9116 
9117   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
9118 
9119   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
9120   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
9121   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
9122     StorageClass = SC_Register;
9123   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9124              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
9125     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
9126   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
9127     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9128          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
9129     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
9130   }
9131 
9132   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
9133     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
9134       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
9135   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
9136     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9137       << 0;
9138 
9139   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
9140 
9141   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9142   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
9143 
9144   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9145     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
9146     // parameter.
9147     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9148 
9149     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
9150     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9151       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
9152         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9153       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
9154     }
9155   }
9156 
9157   // Ensure we have a valid name
9158   IdentifierInfo *II = 0;
9159   if (D.hasName()) {
9160     II = D.getIdentifier();
9161     if (!II) {
9162       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
9163         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
9164       D.setInvalidType(true);
9165     }
9166   }
9167 
9168   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
9169   if (II) {
9170     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
9171                    ForRedeclaration);
9172     LookupName(R, S);
9173     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
9174       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
9175       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9176         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9177         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9178         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9179         PrevDecl = 0;
9180       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
9181         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
9182         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9183 
9184         // Recover by removing the name
9185         II = 0;
9186         D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
9187         D.setInvalidType(true);
9188       }
9189     }
9190   }
9191 
9192   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
9193   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
9194   // looking like class members in C++.
9195   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
9196                                     D.getLocStart(),
9197                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
9198                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
9199                                     StorageClass);
9200 
9201   if (D.isInvalidType())
9202     New->setInvalidDecl();
9203 
9204   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
9205   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
9206   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
9207                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
9208 
9209   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
9210   S->AddDecl(New);
9211   if (II)
9212     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
9213 
9214   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
9215 
9216   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9217     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
9218       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
9219       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
9220       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
9221 
9222   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9223     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
9224   }
9225   return New;
9226 }
9227 
9228 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
9229 /// typedef.
9230 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
9231                                               SourceLocation Loc,
9232                                               QualType T) {
9233   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
9234      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
9235      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
9236   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0,
9237                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
9238                                            SC_None, 0);
9239   Param->setImplicit();
9240   return Param;
9241 }
9242 
9243 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9244                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
9245   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
9246   // will already have done so in the template itself.
9247   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
9248     return;
9249 
9250   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9251     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
9252         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
9253       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
9254         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
9255     }
9256   }
9257 }
9258 
9259 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9260                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
9261                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
9262                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
9263   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
9264     return;
9265 
9266   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9267   // threshold.
9268   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
9269     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
9270     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9271       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
9272           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
9273   }
9274 
9275   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9276   // threshold.
9277   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9278     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
9279     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
9280       continue;
9281     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
9282     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9283       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
9284           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
9285   }
9286 }
9287 
9288 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9289                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
9290                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
9291                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) {
9292   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
9293   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9294       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
9295       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
9296 
9297     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
9298 
9299     // Special cases for arrays:
9300     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
9301     //   - otherwise, it's an error
9302     if (T->isArrayType()) {
9303       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
9304         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
9305             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
9306             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
9307       }
9308       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
9309     } else {
9310       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
9311     }
9312     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
9313   }
9314 
9315   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
9316                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
9317                                          TSInfo,
9318                                          StorageClass, 0);
9319 
9320   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
9321   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
9322   // the class has been completely parsed.
9323   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
9324       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9325                              AbstractParamType))
9326     New->setInvalidDecl();
9327 
9328   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
9329   // passed by reference.
9330   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
9331     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
9332     Diag(NameLoc,
9333          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
9334       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
9335     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
9336     New->setType(T);
9337   }
9338 
9339   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
9340   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
9341   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
9342   // an address space.
9343   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
9344     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
9345     New->setInvalidDecl();
9346   }
9347 
9348   return New;
9349 }
9350 
9351 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
9352                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
9353   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
9354 
9355   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
9356   // for a K&R function.
9357   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
9358     for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
9359       --i;
9360       if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) {
9361         SmallString<256> Code;
9362         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << "  int "
9363                                         << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName()
9364                                         << ";\n";
9365         Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
9366           << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident
9367           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
9368 
9369         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
9370         // type.
9371         AttributeFactory attrs;
9372         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
9373         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
9374         unsigned DiagID; // unused
9375         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc,
9376                            PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
9377         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
9378         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
9379         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
9380         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
9381         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
9382         FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
9383       }
9384     }
9385   }
9386 }
9387 
9388 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
9389   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
9390   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
9391   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
9392 
9393   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
9394   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
9395   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
9396 }
9397 
9398 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
9399                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9400   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
9401   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9402     return false;
9403 
9404   // Or declarations that aren't global.
9405   if (!FD->isGlobal())
9406     return false;
9407 
9408   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
9409   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
9410     return false;
9411 
9412   // Don't warn about 'main'.
9413   if (FD->isMain())
9414     return false;
9415 
9416   // Don't warn about inline functions.
9417   if (FD->isInlined())
9418     return false;
9419 
9420   // Don't warn about function templates.
9421   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
9422     return false;
9423 
9424   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
9425   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
9426     return false;
9427 
9428   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
9429   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
9430     return false;
9431 
9432   bool MissingPrototype = true;
9433   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
9434        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
9435     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
9436     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
9437     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
9438       continue;
9439 
9440     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
9441     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
9442       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
9443     break;
9444   }
9445 
9446   return MissingPrototype;
9447 }
9448 
9449 void
9450 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
9451                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) {
9452   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
9453   // was an extern inline function.
9454   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
9455   if (!Definition)
9456     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
9457       return;
9458 
9459   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
9460     return;
9461 
9462   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
9463       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
9464     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
9465         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
9466   else
9467     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
9468 
9469   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9470   FD->setInvalidDecl();
9471 }
9472 
9473 
9474 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
9475                                    Sema &S) {
9476   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
9477 
9478   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
9479   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
9480   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
9481   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
9482   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
9483 
9484   if (LCD == LCD_None)
9485     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
9486   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
9487     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
9488   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
9489     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
9490   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
9491 
9492   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
9493   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
9494 
9495   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
9496   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
9497   for (LambdaExpr::capture_iterator C = LambdaClass->captures_begin(),
9498       CEnd = LambdaClass->captures_end(); C != CEnd; ++C) {
9499     if (C->capturesVariable()) {
9500       VarDecl *VD = C->getCapturedVar();
9501       if (VD->isInitCapture())
9502         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
9503       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
9504       const bool ByRef = C->getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
9505       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
9506           /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C->getLocation(),
9507           /*EllipsisLoc*/C->isPackExpansion()
9508                          ? C->getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
9509           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ 0);
9510 
9511     } else if (C->capturesThis()) {
9512       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C->getLocation(),
9513                               S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ 0);
9514     }
9515   }
9516 }
9517 
9518 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
9519   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
9520   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
9521 
9522   if (!D)
9523     return D;
9524   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
9525 
9526   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
9527     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
9528   else
9529     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
9530   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
9531   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
9532   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
9533   // LambdaScopeInfo.
9534   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
9535   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
9536   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
9537   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
9538   // have the LSI properly restored.
9539   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
9540     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
9541       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
9542       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
9543     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
9544   }
9545   else
9546     // Enter a new function scope
9547     PushFunctionScope();
9548 
9549   // See if this is a redefinition.
9550   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
9551     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
9552 
9553   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
9554   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
9555     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
9556         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
9557       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
9558       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9559     }
9560   }
9561 
9562   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
9563   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
9564   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
9565   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
9566       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9567       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
9568                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
9569     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9570 
9571   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
9572   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
9573   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
9574   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
9575   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
9576   const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0;
9577   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
9578     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
9579 
9580     if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9581       // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
9582       // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
9583       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
9584               PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
9585         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
9586         if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
9587           Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
9588                diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
9589             << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
9590             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
9591       }
9592     }
9593   }
9594 
9595   if (FnBodyScope)
9596     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
9597 
9598   // Check the validity of our function parameters
9599   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
9600                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
9601 
9602   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
9603   for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) {
9604     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p);
9605     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
9606 
9607     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
9608     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
9609       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
9610 
9611       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
9612     }
9613   }
9614 
9615   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
9616   // introduce them into the function scope.
9617   if (FnBodyScope) {
9618     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
9619              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
9620              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
9621          I != E; ++I) {
9622       NamedDecl *D = *I;
9623 
9624       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
9625       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
9626       // and reattach to the current context.
9627       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
9628         // Is the decl actually in the context?
9629         for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(),
9630                DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) {
9631           if (*DI == D) {
9632             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
9633             break;
9634           }
9635         }
9636         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
9637         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
9638       }
9639 
9640       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
9641       if (!D->getName().empty())
9642         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
9643 
9644       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
9645       // accessible in this scope.
9646       if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
9647         for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(),
9648                EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI)
9649           PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
9650       }
9651     }
9652   }
9653 
9654   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
9655   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
9656     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
9657 
9658   // Checking attributes of current function definition
9659   // dllimport attribute.
9660   DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
9661   if (DA && (!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
9662     // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
9663     // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope.
9664     if (!DA->isInherited() &&
9665         !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
9666       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
9667            diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
9668         << DA;
9669       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9670       return D;
9671     }
9672 
9673     // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue
9674     // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled.
9675     if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) {
9676       // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the
9677       // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is
9678       // emitted.
9679       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
9680            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
9681         << FD << DA;
9682     }
9683   }
9684   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
9685   // a function template).
9686   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
9687   return D;
9688 }
9689 
9690 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
9691 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
9692 /// optimization.
9693 ///
9694 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
9695 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
9696 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
9697 /// use the named return value optimization.
9698 ///
9699 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
9700 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
9701 /// the NRVO variable.
9702 ///
9703 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
9704 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
9705 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
9706 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
9707   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
9708 
9709   const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
9710   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
9711     if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
9712       return;
9713 
9714     if (!NRVOCandidate)
9715       NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate();
9716     else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
9717       return;
9718   }
9719 
9720   if (NRVOCandidate)
9721     const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true);
9722 }
9723 
9724 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
9725   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
9726   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
9727   // rest of the file.
9728   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
9729   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
9730   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
9731     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
9732       return false;
9733   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
9734 }
9735 
9736 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
9737   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
9738     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
9739   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
9740     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
9741   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0);
9742 }
9743 
9744 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
9745   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
9746 }
9747 
9748 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
9749                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
9750   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : 0;
9751 
9752   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
9753   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0;
9754 
9755   if (FD) {
9756     FD->setBody(Body);
9757 
9758     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
9759         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
9760       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
9761       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
9762       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
9763       if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
9764         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
9765             << FD->getReturnType();
9766         FD->setInvalidDecl();
9767       } else {
9768         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
9769         TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().
9770             IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getReturnLoc();
9771         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
9772             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
9773       }
9774     }
9775 
9776     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
9777     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
9778     // is the first declaration.
9779     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
9780       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
9781         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
9782       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
9783                (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
9784                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
9785         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
9786     }
9787 
9788     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
9789     // don't complain about missing return statements.
9790     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
9791       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
9792 
9793     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
9794     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
9795     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
9796       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
9797 
9798     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9799       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
9800       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
9801                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
9802 
9803       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
9804       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
9805         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
9806 
9807       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
9808       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
9809       // to deduce an implicit return type.
9810       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
9811           !FD->isDependentContext())
9812         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
9813     }
9814 
9815     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
9816            "Function parsing confused");
9817   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
9818     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
9819     MD->setBody(Body);
9820     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9821       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
9822       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
9823                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
9824 
9825       if (Body)
9826         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
9827     }
9828     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
9829       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
9830         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
9831       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
9832     }
9833     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
9834       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = 0;
9835       bool isDesignated =
9836           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
9837       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
9838       (void)isDesignated;
9839       Diag(MD->getLocation(),
9840            diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
9841       Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
9842            diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
9843       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
9844     }
9845     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
9846       Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
9847       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
9848     }
9849   } else {
9850     return 0;
9851   }
9852 
9853   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
9854          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
9855          "handled in the block above.");
9856 
9857   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
9858   if (Body) {
9859     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
9860     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
9861     // Verify this.
9862     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
9863       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
9864 
9865     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
9866     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
9867         !dcl->isInvalidDecl() &&
9868         !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() &&
9869         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
9870       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
9871 
9872     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
9873       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
9874         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
9875 
9876       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
9877                                              Destructor->getParent());
9878     }
9879 
9880     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
9881     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
9882     // deletion in some later function.
9883     if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
9884         PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
9885       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
9886     }
9887     if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
9888         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
9889       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
9890       // enabled.
9891       ActivePolicy = &WP;
9892     }
9893 
9894     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9895         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
9896          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
9897       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9898 
9899     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
9900     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
9901     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
9902            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
9903   }
9904 
9905   if (!IsInstantiation)
9906     PopDeclContext();
9907 
9908   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
9909   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
9910   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
9911   // deletion in some later function.
9912   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
9913     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
9914   }
9915 
9916   return dcl;
9917 }
9918 
9919 
9920 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
9921 /// relevant Decl.
9922 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
9923                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
9924   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
9925   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
9926     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
9927   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
9928 
9929   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
9930     if (Method->isStatic())
9931       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
9932 }
9933 
9934 
9935 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
9936 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
9937 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
9938                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
9939   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
9940   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
9941   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
9942   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
9943   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
9944     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
9945     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9946     return ExternCPrev;
9947   }
9948 
9949   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
9950   unsigned diag_id;
9951   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
9952     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
9953   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
9954     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
9955   else
9956     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
9957   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
9958 
9959   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
9960   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
9961   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
9962     TypoCorrection Corrected;
9963     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
9964     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
9965                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator)))
9966       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
9967                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
9968   }
9969 
9970   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
9971   const char *Dummy;
9972   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
9973   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
9974   unsigned DiagID;
9975   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
9976                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
9977   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
9978   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
9979   SourceLocation NoLoc;
9980   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
9981   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
9982                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
9983                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
9984                                              /*ArgInfo=*/0,
9985                                              /*NumArgs=*/0,
9986                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
9987                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
9988                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
9989                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
9990                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9991                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9992                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9993                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
9994                                              EST_None,
9995                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
9996                                              /*Exceptions=*/0,
9997                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/0,
9998                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
9999                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/0,
10000                                              Loc, Loc, D),
10001                 DS.getAttributes(),
10002                 SourceLocation());
10003   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
10004 
10005   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
10006 
10007   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
10008   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10009 
10010   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
10011   FD->setImplicit();
10012 
10013   CurContext = PrevDC;
10014 
10015   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
10016 
10017   return FD;
10018 }
10019 
10020 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
10021 /// the declaration of this function.
10022 ///
10023 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
10024 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
10025 /// like NSLog or printf.
10026 ///
10027 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
10028 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
10029 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
10030   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10031     return;
10032 
10033   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
10034   // actual attributes.
10035   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10036     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
10037     unsigned FormatIdx;
10038     bool HasVAListArg;
10039     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
10040       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
10041         const char *fmt = "printf";
10042         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
10043         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
10044             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
10045           fmt = "NSString";
10046         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10047                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
10048                                                FormatIdx+1,
10049                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10050                                                FD->getLocation()));
10051       }
10052     }
10053     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
10054                                              HasVAListArg)) {
10055      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10056        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10057                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
10058                                               FormatIdx+1,
10059                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10060                                               FD->getLocation()));
10061     }
10062 
10063     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
10064     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
10065     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
10066     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
10067         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
10068       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10069         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10070     }
10071 
10072     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
10073         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
10074       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10075                                          FD->getLocation()));
10076     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
10077       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10078     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10079       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10080   }
10081 
10082   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
10083   if (!Name)
10084     return;
10085   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10086        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
10087       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
10088        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
10089        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
10090     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
10091     // about.
10092   } else
10093     return;
10094 
10095   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
10096     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
10097     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
10098     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10099       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10100                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
10101                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
10102                                              FD->getLocation()));
10103   }
10104 
10105   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
10106     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
10107     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
10108     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
10109       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
10110                                                 FD->getLocation()));
10111   }
10112 }
10113 
10114 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
10115                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
10116   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
10117   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
10118 
10119   if (!TInfo) {
10120     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
10121     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
10122   }
10123 
10124   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
10125   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
10126                                            D.getLocStart(),
10127                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
10128                                            D.getIdentifier(),
10129                                            TInfo);
10130 
10131   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
10132   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
10133     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
10134     return NewTD;
10135   }
10136 
10137   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
10138     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
10139       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10140         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
10141         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10142         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10143     else
10144       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
10145   }
10146 
10147   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
10148   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
10149   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
10150   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
10151   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
10152   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
10153   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
10154   case TST_enum:
10155   case TST_struct:
10156   case TST_interface:
10157   case TST_union:
10158   case TST_class: {
10159     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
10160 
10161     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
10162     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
10163     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
10164     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
10165 
10166     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
10167     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
10168 
10169     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
10170     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
10171       break;
10172 
10173     // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
10174     // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
10175     // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
10176     // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
10177     // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
10178     // for how to handle it.
10179     if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
10180       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
10181 
10182       SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc();
10183       tagLoc = Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc, 0, getSourceManager(),
10184                                           getLangOpts());
10185 
10186       llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
10187       textToInsert += ' ';
10188       textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName();
10189       Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
10190         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
10191       break;
10192     }
10193 
10194     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
10195     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
10196     break;
10197   }
10198 
10199   default:
10200     break;
10201   }
10202 
10203   return NewTD;
10204 }
10205 
10206 
10207 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
10208 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
10209   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
10210   QualType T = TI->getType();
10211 
10212   if (T->isDependentType())
10213     return false;
10214 
10215   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
10216     if (BT->isInteger())
10217       return false;
10218 
10219   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
10220   return true;
10221 }
10222 
10223 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
10224 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
10225 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
10226                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
10227                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
10228   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
10229 
10230   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
10231     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
10232       << Prev->isScoped();
10233     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10234     return true;
10235   }
10236 
10237   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
10238     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
10239         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
10240         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
10241                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
10242       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
10243       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
10244         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
10245       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
10246           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
10247       return true;
10248     }
10249   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
10250     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
10251       << Prev->isFixed();
10252     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10253     return true;
10254   }
10255 
10256   return false;
10257 }
10258 
10259 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
10260 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
10261 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
10262 ///
10263 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
10264 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
10265   switch (Tag) {
10266   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
10267   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
10268   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
10269   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
10270   }
10271 }
10272 
10273 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
10274 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
10275 ///
10276 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
10277 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
10278 {
10279   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
10280 }
10281 
10282 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
10283 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
10284 ///
10285 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
10286 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
10287                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
10288                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
10289                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
10290   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
10291   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
10292   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
10293   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
10294   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
10295   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
10296   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
10297   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
10298   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
10299   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
10300   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
10301   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
10302   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
10303   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
10304   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
10305     if (OldTag == NewTag)
10306       return true;
10307 
10308   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
10309     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
10310     bool isTemplate = false;
10311     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
10312       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
10313 
10314     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
10315       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
10316       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
10317       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10318         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10319         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10320       return true;
10321     }
10322 
10323     if (isDefinition) {
10324       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
10325       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
10326       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10327         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
10328         return true;
10329       }
10330 
10331       bool previousMismatch = false;
10332       for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()),
10333            E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) {
10334         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
10335           if (!previousMismatch) {
10336             previousMismatch = true;
10337             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
10338               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10339               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
10340           }
10341           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10342             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
10343             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
10344                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
10345         }
10346       }
10347       return true;
10348     }
10349 
10350     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
10351     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
10352     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
10353     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
10354                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
10355     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
10356       return true;
10357     }
10358 
10359     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10360       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10361       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10362     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10363 
10364     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
10365     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10366         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10367           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
10368           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
10369                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
10370     }
10371 
10372     return true;
10373   }
10374   return false;
10375 }
10376 
10377 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
10378 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
10379 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
10380 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
10381 ///
10382 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or
10383 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
10384 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
10385                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
10386                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
10387                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
10388                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
10389                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
10390                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
10391                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
10392                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
10393                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
10394                      bool IsTypeSpecifier) {
10395   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
10396   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
10397   assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
10398          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
10399   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
10400 
10401   OwnedDecl = false;
10402   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
10403   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
10404 
10405   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
10406   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
10407   bool Invalid = false;
10408 
10409   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
10410   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
10411   // for non-C++ cases.
10412   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
10413       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
10414     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
10415             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
10416                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, TemplateParameterLists, TUK == TUK_Friend,
10417                 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
10418       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10419         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
10420         return 0;
10421       }
10422 
10423       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
10424         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
10425         // be a member of another template).
10426 
10427         if (Invalid)
10428           return 0;
10429 
10430         OwnedDecl = false;
10431         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
10432                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
10433                                                TemplateParams, AS,
10434                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
10435                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
10436                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
10437         return Result.get();
10438       } else {
10439         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
10440         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
10441           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
10442         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
10443       }
10444     }
10445   }
10446 
10447   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
10448   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
10449   // redeclaration.
10450   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
10451 
10452   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10453     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
10454       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
10455       // type, default to int.
10456       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10457     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
10458       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
10459       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
10460       TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0;
10461       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
10462       EnumUnderlying = TI;
10463 
10464       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
10465         // Recover by falling back to int.
10466         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10467 
10468       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
10469                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
10470         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10471 
10472     } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
10473       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
10474       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10475   }
10476 
10477   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
10478   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
10479   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
10480 
10481   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
10482   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
10483     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
10484 
10485   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
10486   bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
10487   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
10488     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
10489 
10490     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
10491     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
10492       Name = 0;
10493       goto CreateNewDecl;
10494     }
10495 
10496     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
10497     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
10498     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10499       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
10500       if (!DC) {
10501         IsDependent = true;
10502         return 0;
10503       }
10504     } else {
10505       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
10506       if (!DC) {
10507         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
10508           << SS.getRange();
10509         return 0;
10510       }
10511     }
10512 
10513     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
10514       return 0;
10515 
10516     SearchDC = DC;
10517     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
10518     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
10519 
10520     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
10521       return 0;
10522 
10523     if (Previous.empty()) {
10524       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
10525       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
10526       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
10527       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
10528       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
10529       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
10530       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
10531           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
10532         IsDependent = true;
10533         return 0;
10534       }
10535 
10536       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
10537       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
10538         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
10539       Name = 0;
10540       Invalid = true;
10541       goto CreateNewDecl;
10542     }
10543   } else if (Name) {
10544     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
10545     // declaration or definition.
10546     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
10547     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
10548     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
10549     LookupName(Previous, S);
10550 
10551     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
10552     // by types using'ed into this scope.
10553     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
10554         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
10555       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
10556       while (F.hasNext()) {
10557         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
10558         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
10559           F.erase();
10560       }
10561       F.done();
10562     }
10563 
10564     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
10565     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
10566     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
10567     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
10568     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
10569     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
10570     //
10571     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
10572     // semantic context?
10573     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10574       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
10575       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
10576       while (F.hasNext()) {
10577         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
10578         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
10579         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
10580             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
10581           F.erase();
10582           FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
10583         }
10584       }
10585       F.done();
10586     }
10587 
10588     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
10589     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
10590       return 0;
10591 
10592     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
10593       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
10594       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
10595       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
10596       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
10597       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
10598         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
10599     }
10600   } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
10601     // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
10602     // initial context to the translation unit.
10603     // FIXME: [citation needed]
10604     SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10605   }
10606 
10607   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
10608       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
10609     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10610     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
10611     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10612     Previous.clear();
10613   }
10614 
10615   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
10616       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
10617     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
10618     isStdBadAlloc = true;
10619 
10620     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
10621       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
10622       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
10623       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
10624       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
10625     }
10626   }
10627 
10628   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
10629   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
10630   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
10631   // there's a shadow friend decl.
10632   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
10633       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
10634     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
10635     assert(SS.isEmpty());
10636 
10637     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10638       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
10639       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
10640       //
10641       //          class-key identifier
10642       //
10643       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
10644       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
10645       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
10646       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
10647       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
10648       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
10649       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
10650       //      declaration.
10651       //
10652       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
10653       // C structs and unions.
10654       //
10655       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
10656       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
10657       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
10658       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
10659       //
10660       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
10661       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
10662       //
10663       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
10664       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
10665       // lexical context,
10666       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
10667         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
10668 
10669       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
10670       while (S->isClassScope() ||
10671              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10672               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
10673              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
10674              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
10675         S = S->getParent();
10676     } else {
10677       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
10678       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
10679       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
10680       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
10681       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
10682       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
10683     }
10684 
10685     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
10686     // diagnose some problems.
10687     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10688       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
10689       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
10690     }
10691   }
10692 
10693   if (!Previous.empty()) {
10694     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
10695     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl =
10696         getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl;
10697 
10698     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
10699     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
10700     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
10701     // in C++.
10702     //
10703     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
10704     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
10705     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
10706     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
10707     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10708       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10709         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
10710           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
10711           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
10712               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
10713                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
10714             PrevDecl = Tag;
10715             Previous.clear();
10716             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
10717             Previous.resolveKind();
10718           }
10719         }
10720       }
10721     }
10722 
10723     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10724       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
10725       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
10726       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
10727       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
10728           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
10729                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
10730         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
10731         // struct or something similar.
10732         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
10733                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
10734                                           *Name)) {
10735           bool SafeToContinue
10736             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
10737                Kind != TTK_Enum);
10738           if (SafeToContinue)
10739             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
10740               << Name
10741               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
10742                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
10743           else
10744             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
10745           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10746 
10747           if (SafeToContinue)
10748             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
10749           else {
10750             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
10751             Name = 0;
10752             Previous.clear();
10753             Invalid = true;
10754           }
10755         }
10756 
10757         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
10758           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
10759 
10760           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
10761           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
10762           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10763             if (ScopedEnum)
10764               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
10765                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
10766                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
10767             return PrevTagDecl;
10768           }
10769 
10770           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
10771           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
10772             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
10773           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
10774             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
10775 
10776           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
10777           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
10778           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
10779           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
10780                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
10781             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0;
10782         }
10783 
10784         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
10785         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
10786         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
10787         //   and then later defined.
10788         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
10789             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
10790           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
10791           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10792         }
10793 
10794         if (!Invalid) {
10795           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
10796 
10797           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
10798           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
10799           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
10800           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
10801           if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ||
10802                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend)
10803             return PrevTagDecl;
10804 
10805           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
10806           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
10807             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
10808               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
10809               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
10810               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
10811               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
10812               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
10813                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
10814                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
10815                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
10816                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
10817                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
10818                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
10819                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
10820                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
10821               }
10822 
10823               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
10824                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
10825                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
10826                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
10827                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
10828                 else
10829                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
10830                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10831                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
10832                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
10833                 // references get the previous definition.
10834                 Name = 0;
10835                 Previous.clear();
10836                 Invalid = true;
10837               }
10838             } else {
10839               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
10840               // about a nested redefinition.
10841               const TagType *Tag
10842                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
10843               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
10844                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
10845                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
10846                      diag::note_previous_definition);
10847                 Name = 0;
10848                 Previous.clear();
10849                 Invalid = true;
10850               }
10851             }
10852 
10853             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
10854             // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
10855           }
10856         }
10857         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
10858         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
10859 
10860       } else {
10861         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
10862         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
10863         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
10864         // have distinct types.
10865         Previous.clear();
10866       }
10867       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
10868       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
10869       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
10870 
10871 
10872     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
10873     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
10874     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
10875     } else {
10876       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
10877       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
10878       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
10879       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
10880           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
10881         unsigned Kind = 0;
10882         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
10883         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
10884         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
10885         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
10886         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
10887         Invalid = true;
10888 
10889       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
10890       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
10891                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
10892         // do nothing
10893 
10894       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
10895       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10896         unsigned Kind = 0;
10897         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
10898         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
10899         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
10900         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
10901         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
10902         Invalid = true;
10903 
10904       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
10905       // case here.
10906       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10907         unsigned Kind = 0;
10908         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
10909         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
10910           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
10911         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
10912         Invalid = true;
10913 
10914       // Otherwise, diagnose.
10915       } else {
10916         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
10917         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
10918         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
10919         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10920         Name = 0;
10921         Invalid = true;
10922       }
10923 
10924       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
10925       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
10926       Previous.clear();
10927     }
10928   }
10929 
10930 CreateNewDecl:
10931 
10932   TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
10933   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
10934     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
10935 
10936   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
10937   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
10938   // keyword.
10939   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
10940 
10941   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
10942   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
10943   // PrevDecl.
10944   TagDecl *New;
10945 
10946   bool IsForwardReference = false;
10947   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10948     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
10949     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
10950     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10951                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
10952                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
10953     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
10954     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
10955       TagDecl *Def;
10956       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
10957           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
10958         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
10959         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
10960       }
10961       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
10962         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
10963           << New;
10964         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10965       } else {
10966         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
10967         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
10968           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
10969         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10970           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
10971         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
10972 
10973         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
10974         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
10975         // the declaration context.
10976         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
10977           IsForwardReference = true;
10978       }
10979     }
10980 
10981     if (EnumUnderlying) {
10982       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
10983       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
10984         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
10985       else
10986         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
10987       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
10988     }
10989 
10990   } else {
10991     // struct/union/class
10992 
10993     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
10994     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
10995     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10996       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
10997       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10998                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
10999 
11000       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
11001         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
11002     } else
11003       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11004                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11005   }
11006 
11007   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
11008   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
11009   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11010     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
11011       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11012     Invalid = true;
11013   }
11014 
11015   // Maybe add qualifier info.
11016   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11017     if (SS.isSet()) {
11018       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
11019       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
11020       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
11021       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
11022       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
11023       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
11024           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
11025           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
11026         Invalid = true;
11027 
11028       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
11029       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
11030         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
11031                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
11032                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
11033       }
11034     }
11035     else
11036       Invalid = true;
11037   }
11038 
11039   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
11040     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
11041     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
11042     //
11043     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
11044     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
11045     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
11046     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
11047     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
11048     // parsing of the struct).
11049     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11050       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
11051       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
11052     }
11053   }
11054 
11055   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
11056     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
11057       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
11058         << 2
11059         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
11060     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
11061     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
11062     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
11063     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11064       New->setModulePrivate();
11065   }
11066 
11067   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
11068   // check the specialization.
11069   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
11070     Invalid = true;
11071 
11072   if (Invalid)
11073     New->setInvalidDecl();
11074 
11075   if (Attr)
11076     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
11077 
11078   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope
11079   // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function.
11080   if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11081     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11082 
11083   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
11084   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
11085   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
11086 
11087   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
11088   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
11089   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
11090   // the tag name visible.
11091   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
11092     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(!FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace &&
11093                                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt);
11094 
11095   // Set the access specifier.
11096   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
11097     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
11098 
11099   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
11100     New->startDefinition();
11101 
11102   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
11103   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11104     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
11105     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
11106     if (PrevDecl)
11107       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
11108 
11109     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11110     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11111     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
11112       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
11113         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
11114   } else if (Name) {
11115     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
11116     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
11117     if (IsForwardReference)
11118       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11119 
11120   } else {
11121     CurContext->addDecl(New);
11122   }
11123 
11124   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
11125   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
11126     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
11127         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
11128         II->isStr("FILE"))
11129       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
11130 
11131   // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this
11132   // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
11133   if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11134       InFunctionDeclarator && Name)
11135     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
11136 
11137   if (PrevDecl)
11138     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
11139 
11140   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11141   // record.
11142   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
11143 
11144   OwnedDecl = true;
11145   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
11146   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
11147   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New;
11148 }
11149 
11150 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11151   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11152   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11153 
11154   // Enter the tag context.
11155   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
11156 
11157   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
11158 
11159   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11160   // record.
11161   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
11162 }
11163 
11164 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
11165   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
11166          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
11167   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
11168   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
11169       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
11170   CurContext = OCD;
11171   return IDecl;
11172 }
11173 
11174 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11175                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
11176                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
11177                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
11178   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11179   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
11180 
11181   FieldCollector->StartClass();
11182 
11183   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
11184     return;
11185 
11186   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
11187     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
11188                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
11189 
11190   // C++ [class]p2:
11191   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
11192   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
11193   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
11194   //   as if it were a public member name.
11195   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
11196     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
11197                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
11198                             Record->getIdentifier(),
11199                             /*PrevDecl=*/0,
11200                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
11201   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
11202   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
11203   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
11204   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
11205       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
11206   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
11207   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
11208          "Broken injected-class-name");
11209 }
11210 
11211 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11212                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
11213   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11214   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11215   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
11216 
11217   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11218   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11219     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
11220     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11221       RD->completeDefinition();
11222   }
11223 
11224   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
11225     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
11226 
11227   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
11228   PopDeclContext();
11229 
11230   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
11231       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
11232     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
11233 
11234   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
11235   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
11236     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
11237 }
11238 
11239 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
11240   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
11241   PopDeclContext();
11242 }
11243 
11244 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11245   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
11246   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
11247   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
11248 }
11249 
11250 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11251   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
11252   OriginalLexicalContext = 0;
11253 }
11254 
11255 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11256   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11257   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11258   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
11259 
11260   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11261   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11262     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11263       RD->completeDefinition();
11264   }
11265 
11266   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
11267   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
11268   // the FieldCollector.
11269 
11270   PopDeclContext();
11271 }
11272 
11273 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
11274 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
11275                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
11276                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
11277                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
11278   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
11279   if (ZeroWidth)
11280     *ZeroWidth = true;
11281 
11282   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
11283   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
11284   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
11285     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
11286     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
11287       return ExprError();
11288     if (FieldName)
11289       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
11290         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11291     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
11292       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11293   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
11294                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
11295     return ExprError();
11296 
11297   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
11298   // it now.
11299   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
11300     return Owned(BitWidth);
11301 
11302   llvm::APSInt Value;
11303   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
11304   if (ICE.isInvalid())
11305     return ICE;
11306   BitWidth = ICE.take();
11307 
11308   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
11309     *ZeroWidth = false;
11310 
11311   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
11312   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
11313     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
11314 
11315   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
11316     if (FieldName)
11317       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11318                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
11319     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11320       << Value.toString(10);
11321   }
11322 
11323   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
11324     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
11325     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
11326       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct ||
11327           Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
11328         if (FieldName)
11329           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11330             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11331             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11332 
11333         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11334           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11335       }
11336 
11337       if (FieldName)
11338         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11339           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11340           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11341       else
11342         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11343           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11344     }
11345   }
11346 
11347   return Owned(BitWidth);
11348 }
11349 
11350 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
11351 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
11352 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
11353                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
11354   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
11355                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
11356                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
11357   return Res;
11358 }
11359 
11360 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
11361 ///
11362 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
11363                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
11364                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
11365                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11366                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
11367   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
11368   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
11369   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
11370 
11371   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11372   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
11373   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11374     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
11375 
11376     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
11377                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
11378       D.setInvalidType();
11379       T = Context.IntTy;
11380       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
11381     }
11382   }
11383 
11384   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
11385   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
11386     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
11387     D.setInvalidType();
11388   }
11389 
11390   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
11391   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
11392   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
11393     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
11394     D.setInvalidType();
11395   }
11396 
11397   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
11398 
11399   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
11400     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
11401          diag::err_invalid_thread)
11402       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
11403 
11404   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
11405   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
11406   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
11407   LookupName(Previous, S);
11408   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
11409     case LookupResult::Found:
11410     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
11411       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
11412       break;
11413 
11414     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
11415       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
11416       break;
11417 
11418     case LookupResult::NotFound:
11419     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
11420     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
11421       break;
11422   }
11423   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
11424 
11425   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
11426     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11427     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
11428     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11429     PrevDecl = 0;
11430   }
11431 
11432   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
11433     PrevDecl = 0;
11434 
11435   bool Mutable
11436     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
11437   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
11438   FieldDecl *NewFD
11439     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
11440                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
11441 
11442   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
11443     Record->setInvalidDecl();
11444 
11445   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11446     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
11447 
11448   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
11449     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
11450     // with the same name in the same scope.
11451   } else if (II) {
11452     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
11453   } else
11454     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
11455 
11456   return NewFD;
11457 }
11458 
11459 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
11460 ///
11461 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
11462 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
11463 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
11464 /// created.
11465 ///
11466 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
11467 ///
11468 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
11469 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
11470                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
11471                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
11472                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
11473                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11474                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
11475                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
11476                                 Declarator *D) {
11477   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
11478   bool InvalidDecl = false;
11479   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
11480 
11481   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
11482   // marking this declaration as invalid.
11483   if (T.isNull()) {
11484     InvalidDecl = true;
11485     T = Context.IntTy;
11486   }
11487 
11488   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
11489   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
11490     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
11491       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
11492       Record->setInvalidDecl();
11493       InvalidDecl = true;
11494     } else {
11495       NamedDecl *Def;
11496       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
11497       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
11498         Record->setInvalidDecl();
11499         InvalidDecl = true;
11500       }
11501     }
11502   }
11503 
11504   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
11505   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
11506     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
11507     InvalidDecl = true;
11508   }
11509 
11510   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
11511   // than a variably modified type.
11512   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
11513     bool SizeIsNegative;
11514     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
11515 
11516     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
11517       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
11518                                                     SizeIsNegative,
11519                                                     Oversized);
11520     if (FixedTInfo) {
11521       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
11522       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
11523       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
11524     } else {
11525       if (SizeIsNegative)
11526         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
11527       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
11528         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
11529           << Oversized.toString(10);
11530       else
11531         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
11532       InvalidDecl = true;
11533     }
11534   }
11535 
11536   // Fields can not have abstract class types
11537   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
11538                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11539                                              AbstractFieldType))
11540     InvalidDecl = true;
11541 
11542   bool ZeroWidth = false;
11543   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
11544   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
11545     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
11546                               &ZeroWidth).take();
11547     if (!BitWidth) {
11548       InvalidDecl = true;
11549       BitWidth = 0;
11550       ZeroWidth = false;
11551     }
11552   }
11553 
11554   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
11555   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
11556     unsigned DiagID = 0;
11557     if (T->isReferenceType())
11558       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
11559     else if (T.isConstQualified())
11560       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
11561 
11562     if (DiagID) {
11563       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
11564       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
11565         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
11566       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
11567       Mutable = false;
11568       InvalidDecl = true;
11569     }
11570   }
11571 
11572   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
11573   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
11574   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
11575   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
11576     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
11577 
11578   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
11579                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
11580   if (InvalidDecl)
11581     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11582 
11583   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11584     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
11585     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11586     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11587   }
11588 
11589   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11590     if (Record->isUnion()) {
11591       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11592         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
11593         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
11594           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
11595           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
11596           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
11597           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
11598           // objects.
11599           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
11600             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11601         }
11602       }
11603 
11604       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
11605       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
11606       // enabled.
11607       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
11608         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
11609                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
11610                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
11611           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
11612         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
11613           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11614       }
11615     }
11616   }
11617 
11618   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
11619   // representation, not a parser representation.
11620   if (D) {
11621     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
11622     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
11623 
11624     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
11625       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
11626   }
11627 
11628   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
11629   // retainable type.
11630   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
11631     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11632 
11633   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
11634     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
11635 
11636   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
11637   return NewFD;
11638 }
11639 
11640 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
11641   assert(FD);
11642   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
11643 
11644   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
11645     return false;
11646 
11647   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
11648   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11649     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
11650     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
11651       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
11652       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
11653       // copy constructors.
11654 
11655       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
11656       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
11657       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
11658       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
11659       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
11660       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
11661       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
11662         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
11663       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
11664         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
11665       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
11666         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
11667       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
11668         member = CXXDestructor;
11669 
11670       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
11671         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
11672             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
11673           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
11674           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
11675           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
11676           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
11677           // members unavailable.
11678           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
11679           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
11680             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
11681               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11682                                   "this system field has retaining ownership",
11683                                   Loc));
11684             return false;
11685           }
11686         }
11687 
11688         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
11689                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
11690                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
11691           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
11692         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
11693         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
11694       }
11695     }
11696   }
11697 
11698   return false;
11699 }
11700 
11701 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
11702 ///  AST enum value.
11703 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
11704 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
11705   switch (ivarVisibility) {
11706   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
11707   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
11708   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
11709   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
11710   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
11711   }
11712 }
11713 
11714 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
11715 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
11716 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
11717                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
11718                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
11719                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
11720 
11721   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
11722   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
11723   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
11724   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
11725 
11726   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
11727   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
11728 
11729   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11730   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
11731 
11732   if (BitWidth) {
11733     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
11734     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).take();
11735     if (!BitWidth)
11736       D.setInvalidType();
11737   } else {
11738     // Not a bitfield.
11739 
11740     // validate II.
11741 
11742   }
11743   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
11744     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
11745     D.setInvalidType();
11746   }
11747   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
11748   // than a variably modified type.
11749   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
11750     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
11751     D.setInvalidType();
11752   }
11753 
11754   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
11755   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
11756     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
11757                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
11758   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
11759   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
11760   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
11761     return 0;
11762   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
11763   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
11764       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11765     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
11766     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
11767       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
11768       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
11769     }
11770     else
11771       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
11772   } else {
11773     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
11774         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11775       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
11776         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
11777         return 0;
11778       }
11779     }
11780     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
11781   }
11782 
11783   // Construct the decl.
11784   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
11785                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
11786                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
11787 
11788   if (II) {
11789     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
11790                                            ForRedeclaration);
11791     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
11792         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11793       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
11794       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11795       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11796     }
11797   }
11798 
11799   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
11800   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
11801 
11802   if (D.isInvalidType())
11803     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11804 
11805   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
11806   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
11807     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11808 
11809   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11810     NewID->setModulePrivate();
11811 
11812   if (II) {
11813     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
11814     // these to the interface.
11815     S->AddDecl(NewID);
11816     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
11817   }
11818 
11819   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
11820       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
11821     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
11822 
11823   return NewID;
11824 }
11825 
11826 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
11827 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
11828 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
11829 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
11830 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
11831                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
11832   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
11833     return;
11834 
11835   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
11836   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
11837 
11838   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
11839     return;
11840   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
11841   if (!ID) {
11842     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
11843       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
11844         return;
11845     }
11846     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
11847     else
11848       return;
11849   }
11850   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
11851   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
11852   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
11853 
11854   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
11855                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0,
11856                               Context.CharTy,
11857                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
11858                                                                DeclLoc),
11859                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
11860                               true);
11861   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
11862 }
11863 
11864 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
11865                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
11866                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
11867   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
11868 
11869   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
11870   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
11871   // it will now change.
11872   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11873     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
11874     switch (DC->getKind()) {
11875     default: break;
11876     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
11877       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
11878       break;
11879     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
11880       Context.
11881         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
11882       break;
11883     }
11884   }
11885 
11886   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
11887 
11888   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
11889   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
11890   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
11891   if (Record) {
11892     for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(),
11893                                    e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) {
11894       if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i))
11895         if (IFD->getDeclName())
11896           ++NumNamedMembers;
11897     }
11898   }
11899 
11900   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
11901   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
11902 
11903   bool ARCErrReported = false;
11904   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
11905        i != end; ++i) {
11906     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
11907 
11908     // Get the type for the field.
11909     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
11910 
11911     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
11912       // Remember all fields written by the user.
11913       RecFields.push_back(FD);
11914     }
11915 
11916     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
11917     // diagnostics about it.
11918     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
11919       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11920       continue;
11921     }
11922 
11923     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
11924     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
11925     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
11926     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
11927     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
11928     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
11929     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
11930     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
11931     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
11932     //   array.
11933     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
11934       // Field declared as a function.
11935       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
11936         << FD->getDeclName();
11937       FD->setInvalidDecl();
11938       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11939       continue;
11940     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
11941                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
11942                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
11943                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
11944                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
11945       // Flexible array member.
11946       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
11947       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
11948       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
11949       unsigned DiagID = 0;
11950       if (Record->isUnion())
11951         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
11952                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
11953                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
11954                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
11955                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
11956       else if (Fields.size() == 1)
11957         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
11958                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
11959                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
11960                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
11961                            : NumNamedMembers < 1
11962                                  ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
11963                                  : 0;
11964 
11965       if (DiagID)
11966         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
11967                                         << Record->getTagKind();
11968       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
11969       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
11970       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
11971       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
11972       // of the type.
11973       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
11974         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
11975           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
11976             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
11977       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
11978         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
11979           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
11980 
11981       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
11982       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
11983       //
11984       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
11985       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
11986       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
11987       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
11988         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
11989           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
11990         FD->setInvalidDecl();
11991         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11992         continue;
11993       }
11994       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
11995       if (Record)
11996         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
11997     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
11998                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
11999                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12000       // Incomplete type
12001       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12002       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12003       continue;
12004     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12005       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
12006         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
12007         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
12008           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12009         } else {
12010           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
12011           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
12012           // structures.
12013           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
12014             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
12015               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12016           else {
12017             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
12018             // other structs as an extension.
12019             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
12020               << FD->getDeclName();
12021             if (Record)
12022               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12023           }
12024         }
12025       }
12026       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
12027           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12028                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12029                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
12030         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
12031         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12032       }
12033       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12034         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12035       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
12036         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12037     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
12038       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
12039       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
12040         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
12041       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
12042       FD->setType(T);
12043     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
12044                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
12045       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
12046       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
12047       // so we just make the field unavailable.
12048       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
12049       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
12050       QualType T = FD->getType();
12051       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
12052       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
12053         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
12054         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
12055           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
12056             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12057                               "this system field has retaining ownership",
12058                               loc));
12059           }
12060         } else {
12061           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
12062             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
12063         }
12064         ARCErrReported = true;
12065       }
12066     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
12067                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
12068                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
12069       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12070           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
12071         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12072       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
12073         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12074         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
12075             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12076           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12077         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12078                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
12079                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12080       }
12081     }
12082     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
12083       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12084     // Keep track of the number of named members.
12085     if (FD->getIdentifier())
12086       ++NumNamedMembers;
12087   }
12088 
12089   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
12090   if (Record) {
12091     bool Completed = false;
12092     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
12093       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
12094         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
12095         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
12096                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
12097                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
12098           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
12099 
12100         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
12101           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
12102             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
12103             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12104               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
12105                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
12106           }
12107 
12108           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
12109           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
12110 
12111           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
12112           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
12113           // problem now.
12114           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
12115             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
12116             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
12117 
12118             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
12119                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
12120                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
12121               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
12122                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
12123                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
12124                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
12125                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
12126                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
12127                   continue;
12128 
12129                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
12130                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
12131                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
12132                 //   program is ill-formed.
12133                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
12134                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
12135                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
12136                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
12137                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
12138                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
12139                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
12140                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
12141                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
12142                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
12143 
12144                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
12145               }
12146             }
12147             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
12148             Completed = true;
12149           }
12150         }
12151       }
12152     }
12153 
12154     if (!Completed)
12155       Record->completeDefinition();
12156 
12157     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
12158       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
12159 
12160       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
12161         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
12162                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
12163                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
12164     }
12165 
12166     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
12167     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
12168     // compatibility problems.
12169     bool CheckForZeroSize;
12170     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12171       CheckForZeroSize = true;
12172     } else {
12173       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
12174       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
12175       CheckForZeroSize =
12176           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
12177           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
12178           CXXRecord->isCLike();
12179     }
12180     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
12181       bool ZeroSize = true;
12182       bool IsEmpty = true;
12183       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
12184       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
12185                                       E = Record->field_end();
12186            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
12187         IsEmpty = false;
12188         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
12189           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
12190             ZeroSize = false;
12191         } else {
12192           ++NonBitFields;
12193           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
12194           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
12195               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
12196             ZeroSize = false;
12197         }
12198       }
12199 
12200       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
12201       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
12202       // extern "C" block.
12203       if (ZeroSize) {
12204         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
12205                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
12206                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
12207           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
12208       }
12209 
12210       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
12211       // but are accepted by GCC.
12212       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12213         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
12214                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
12215           << Record->isUnion();
12216       }
12217     }
12218   } else {
12219     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
12220       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
12221     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12222       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
12223       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
12224       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12225         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
12226         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12227       }
12228       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
12229       // duplicates.
12230       if (ID->getSuperClass())
12231         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
12232     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12233                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12234       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
12235       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
12236         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
12237         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
12238         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
12239       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
12240       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12241       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12242     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12243                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12244       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
12245       // reported as errors elsewhere.
12246       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
12247       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
12248       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
12249       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
12250       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
12251       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12252         if (IDecl) {
12253           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
12254               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12255             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12256                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12257             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12258             continue;
12259           }
12260           for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator
12261                  Ext = IDecl->known_extensions_begin(),
12262                  ExtEnd = IDecl->known_extensions_end();
12263                Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) {
12264             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
12265                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12266               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12267                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12268               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12269               continue;
12270             }
12271           }
12272         }
12273         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
12274         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12275       }
12276       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12277       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12278     }
12279   }
12280 
12281   if (Attr)
12282     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
12283 }
12284 
12285 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
12286 /// the given type T.
12287 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
12288                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
12289                                         QualType T) {
12290   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12291   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
12292 
12293   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
12294     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
12295       --BitWidth;
12296     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
12297   }
12298   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
12299 }
12300 
12301 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
12302 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
12303 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
12304   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
12305   // enum checking below.
12306   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12307   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
12308   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12309     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
12310   };
12311   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12312     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
12313     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
12314   };
12315 
12316   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
12317   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
12318                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
12319   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
12320     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
12321       return Types[I];
12322 
12323   return QualType();
12324 }
12325 
12326 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
12327                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
12328                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
12329                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
12330                                           Expr *Val) {
12331   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
12332   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
12333   QualType EltTy;
12334 
12335   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
12336     Val = 0;
12337 
12338   if (Val)
12339     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take();
12340 
12341   if (Val) {
12342     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
12343       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12344     else {
12345       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
12346       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
12347           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
12348         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
12349         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
12350         // constant expression of the underlying type.
12351         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12352         ExprResult Converted =
12353           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
12354                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
12355         if (Converted.isInvalid())
12356           Val = 0;
12357         else
12358           Val = Converted.take();
12359       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
12360                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
12361                                                          &EnumVal).take())) {
12362         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
12363       } else {
12364         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12365           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12366 
12367           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
12368           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
12369           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
12370           // expression checking.
12371           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12372             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
12373               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12374               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12375             } else
12376               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12377           } else
12378             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12379         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12380           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
12381           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12382           //   is the type of its initializing value:
12383           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
12384           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
12385           EltTy = Val->getType();
12386         } else {
12387           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
12388           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
12389           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
12390           //   representable as an int.
12391 
12392           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
12393           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
12394             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12395               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
12396               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
12397           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
12398             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
12399             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12400           }
12401           EltTy = Val->getType();
12402         }
12403       }
12404     }
12405   }
12406 
12407   if (!Val) {
12408     if (Enum->isDependentType())
12409       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12410     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
12411       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12412       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12413       //   is the type of its initializing value:
12414       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
12415       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
12416       //
12417       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
12418       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
12419       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12420         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12421       }
12422       else {
12423         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
12424       }
12425     } else {
12426       // Assign the last value + 1.
12427       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12428       ++EnumVal;
12429       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
12430 
12431       // Check for overflow on increment.
12432       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
12433         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12434         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12435         //   is the type of its initializing value:
12436         //
12437         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
12438         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
12439         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
12440         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
12441         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
12442         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
12443         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
12444         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
12445           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
12446           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
12447           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12448           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
12449           ++EnumVal;
12450           if (Enum->isFixed())
12451             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
12452             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
12453               << EnumVal.toString(10)
12454               << EltTy;
12455           else
12456             Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large)
12457               << EnumVal.toString(10);
12458         } else {
12459           EltTy = T;
12460         }
12461 
12462         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
12463         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
12464         // value, then increment.
12465         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12466         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12467         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12468         ++EnumVal;
12469 
12470         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
12471         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
12472         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
12473         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
12474         // integral type.
12475         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
12476           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
12477       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12478                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12479         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
12480         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12481           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
12482       }
12483     }
12484   }
12485 
12486   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12487     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
12488     // enumerator's type.
12489     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12490     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12491   }
12492 
12493   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
12494                                   Val, EnumVal);
12495 }
12496 
12497 
12498 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
12499                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
12500                               AttributeList *Attr,
12501                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
12502   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
12503   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
12504     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
12505 
12506   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
12507   // we find one that is.
12508   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
12509 
12510   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
12511   // scope.
12512   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
12513                                          ForRedeclaration);
12514   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12515     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12516     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
12517     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12518     PrevDecl = 0;
12519   }
12520 
12521   if (PrevDecl) {
12522     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
12523     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
12524     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
12525            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
12526     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
12527       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
12528         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
12529       else
12530         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
12531       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12532       return 0;
12533     }
12534   }
12535 
12536   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
12537   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
12538   // different from T:
12539   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
12540   // enumerated type
12541   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
12542                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
12543                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
12544     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
12545         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
12546       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
12547 
12548   EnumConstantDecl *New =
12549     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
12550 
12551   if (New) {
12552     // Process attributes.
12553     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
12554 
12555     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
12556     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
12557     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
12558   }
12559 
12560   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
12561 
12562   return New;
12563 }
12564 
12565 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
12566 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
12567 // Element2 = Element1
12568 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
12569 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
12570 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
12571 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
12572   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
12573   if (!InitExpr)
12574     return true;
12575   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
12576 
12577   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
12578     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
12579       return true;
12580     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
12581     if (!IL)
12582       return true;
12583     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
12584       return true;
12585 
12586     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
12587   }
12588 
12589   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
12590   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
12591   if (!DRE)
12592     return true;
12593 
12594   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
12595   if (!EnumConstant)
12596     return true;
12597 
12598   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
12599       Enum)
12600     return true;
12601 
12602   return false;
12603 }
12604 
12605 struct DupKey {
12606   int64_t val;
12607   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
12608   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
12609     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
12610 };
12611 
12612 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
12613   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
12614                 false);
12615 }
12616 
12617 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
12618   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
12619   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
12620   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
12621     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
12622   }
12623   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
12624     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
12625            LHS.val == RHS.val;
12626   }
12627 };
12628 
12629 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
12630 // a previous element has already been set to.
12631 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
12632                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
12633                                         QualType EnumType) {
12634   if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values,
12635                                  Enum->getLocation()) ==
12636       DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
12637     return;
12638   // Avoid anonymous enums
12639   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
12640     return;
12641 
12642   // Only check for small enums.
12643   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
12644     return;
12645 
12646   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
12647   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
12648 
12649   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
12650   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
12651           ValueToVectorMap;
12652 
12653   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
12654   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
12655 
12656   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
12657   // an initialier.
12658   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12659     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12660 
12661     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
12662     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
12663     if (!ECD) {
12664       return;
12665     }
12666 
12667     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
12668       continue;
12669 
12670     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
12671     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
12672 
12673     // First time encountering this value.
12674     if (Entry.isNull())
12675       Entry = ECD;
12676   }
12677 
12678   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
12679   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12680     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12681     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
12682       continue;
12683 
12684     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
12685 
12686     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
12687     if (Entry.isNull())
12688       continue;
12689 
12690     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
12691       // Ensure constants are different.
12692       if (D == ECD)
12693         continue;
12694 
12695       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
12696       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
12697       Vec->push_back(D);
12698       Vec->push_back(ECD);
12699 
12700       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
12701       Entry = Vec;
12702 
12703       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
12704       // diagnostics.
12705       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
12706       continue;
12707     }
12708 
12709     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
12710     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
12711     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
12712       continue;
12713 
12714     Vec->push_back(ECD);
12715   }
12716 
12717   // Emit diagnostics.
12718   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
12719                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
12720        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
12721     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
12722     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
12723 
12724     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
12725     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
12726     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
12727       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
12728       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
12729     ++I;
12730 
12731     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
12732     // the same value.
12733     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
12734       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
12735         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
12736         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
12737     delete Vec;
12738   }
12739 }
12740 
12741 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
12742                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
12743                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
12744                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
12745   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
12746   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
12747 
12748   if (Attr)
12749     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
12750 
12751   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
12752     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12753       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
12754         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12755       if (!ECD) continue;
12756 
12757       ECD->setType(EnumType);
12758     }
12759 
12760     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
12761     return;
12762   }
12763 
12764   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
12765   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
12766   // emit a warning.
12767   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
12768   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
12769   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
12770 
12771   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
12772   // reverse the list.
12773   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
12774   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
12775 
12776   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
12777   bool AllElementsInt = true;
12778 
12779   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12780     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
12781       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12782     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
12783 
12784     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
12785 
12786     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
12787     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
12788       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
12789                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
12790     else
12791       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
12792                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
12793 
12794     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
12795     if (AllElementsInt)
12796       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
12797   }
12798 
12799   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
12800   QualType BestType;
12801   unsigned BestWidth;
12802 
12803   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
12804   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
12805   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
12806   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
12807   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
12808   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
12809   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
12810   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
12811   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
12812   QualType BestPromotionType;
12813 
12814   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
12815   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
12816   // enum definitions.
12817   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
12818     Packed = true;
12819 
12820   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12821     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
12822     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
12823       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
12824     else
12825       BestPromotionType = BestType;
12826     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
12827     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
12828     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
12829     BestWidth = CharWidth;
12830   }
12831   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
12832     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
12833     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
12834     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
12835     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
12836       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
12837       BestWidth = CharWidth;
12838     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
12839                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
12840       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
12841       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
12842     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
12843       BestType = Context.IntTy;
12844       BestWidth = IntWidth;
12845     } else {
12846       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
12847 
12848       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
12849         BestType = Context.LongTy;
12850       } else {
12851         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
12852 
12853         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
12854           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large);
12855         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
12856       }
12857     }
12858     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
12859   } else {
12860     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
12861     // all of the enumerator values.
12862     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
12863     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
12864       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
12865       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
12866       BestWidth = CharWidth;
12867     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
12868       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
12869       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
12870       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
12871     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
12872       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
12873       BestWidth = IntWidth;
12874       BestPromotionType
12875         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12876                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
12877     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
12878                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
12879       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
12880       BestPromotionType
12881         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12882                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
12883     } else {
12884       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
12885       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
12886              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
12887       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
12888       BestPromotionType
12889         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12890                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
12891     }
12892   }
12893 
12894   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
12895   // the type of the enum if needed.
12896   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12897     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12898     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
12899 
12900     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
12901     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
12902     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
12903     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
12904     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
12905 
12906     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
12907     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
12908 
12909     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
12910     // the enum decl type.
12911     QualType NewTy;
12912     unsigned NewWidth;
12913     bool NewSign;
12914     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12915         !Enum->isFixed() &&
12916         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
12917       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
12918       NewWidth = IntWidth;
12919       NewSign = true;
12920     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
12921       // Already the right type!
12922       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12923         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
12924         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
12925         // enumeration.
12926         ECD->setType(EnumType);
12927       continue;
12928     } else {
12929       NewTy = BestType;
12930       NewWidth = BestWidth;
12931       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
12932     }
12933 
12934     // Adjust the APSInt value.
12935     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
12936     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
12937     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
12938 
12939     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
12940     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
12941         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
12942       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
12943                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
12944                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
12945                                                 /*base paths*/ 0,
12946                                                 VK_RValue));
12947     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12948       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
12949       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
12950       // enumeration.
12951       ECD->setType(EnumType);
12952     else
12953       ECD->setType(NewTy);
12954   }
12955 
12956   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
12957                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
12958 
12959   // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about -
12960   // it needs to go into the function scope.
12961   if (InFunctionDeclarator)
12962     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum);
12963 
12964   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
12965 
12966   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
12967   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
12968     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
12969 }
12970 
12971 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
12972                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
12973                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
12974   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
12975 
12976   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
12977                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
12978                                                    EndLoc);
12979   CurContext->addDecl(New);
12980   return New;
12981 }
12982 
12983 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
12984                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
12985                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
12986   Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path,
12987                                                 Module::AllVisible,
12988                                                 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
12989   if (!Mod)
12990     return true;
12991 
12992   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
12993   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
12994   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
12995     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
12996     // We need the length to be consistent.
12997     if (!ModCheck)
12998       break;
12999     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
13000 
13001     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
13002   }
13003 
13004   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
13005                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
13006                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
13007                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
13008   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
13009   return Import;
13010 }
13011 
13012 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
13013   // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here?
13014   PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc,
13015                                          /*Complain=*/true);
13016 }
13017 
13018 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) {
13019   // Create the implicit import declaration.
13020   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
13021   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
13022                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
13023   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
13024   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
13025 
13026   // Make the module visible.
13027   PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc,
13028                                          /*Complain=*/false);
13029 }
13030 
13031 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13032                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13033                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13034                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
13035                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13036   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
13037                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13038   AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context,
13039                                                     AliasName->getName(), 0);
13040 
13041   if (PrevDecl)
13042     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
13043   else
13044     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13045       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
13046 }
13047 
13048 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13049                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13050                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
13051   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
13052 
13053   if (PrevDecl) {
13054     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
13055   } else {
13056     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13057       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
13058         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
13059   }
13060 }
13061 
13062 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13063                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13064                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13065                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
13066                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13067   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
13068                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13069   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
13070 
13071   if (PrevDecl) {
13072     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
13073       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
13074         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
13075   } else {
13076     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13077       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
13078   }
13079 }
13080 
13081 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
13082   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
13083 }
13084 
13085 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
13086   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
13087   // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult
13088   // both the availability of the method as well as the
13089   // enclosing class.  If the class is (say) deprecated,
13090   // the entire method is considered deprecated from the
13091   // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated.
13092   if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
13093     AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability();
13094     if (R != AR_Available)
13095       return R;
13096     D = MD->getClassInterface();
13097   }
13098   // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it
13099   // gets the same availability context as the @interface.
13100   else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID =
13101             dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
13102     D = ID->getClassInterface();
13103   }
13104   return D->getAvailability();
13105 }
13106